- set svn:eol-style to native

- removed some svn:executable properties from non-executable files

git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/trunk@1144 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c

16 files changed, 7229 insertions, 7229 deletions

diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEdit.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEdit.pas
index 492191ee..bf664eb1 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEdit.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEdit.pas
@@ -1,121 +1,121 @@
-unit UScreenEdit;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses UMenu, SDL, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenEdit = class(TMenu)

-    public

-{      Tex_Background:     TTexture;

-      FadeOut:            boolean;

-      Path:               string;

-      FileName:           string;}

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-{      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure Finish;}

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMusic, USkins, SysUtils;

-

-function TScreenEdit.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-    

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-//          Result := false;

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if Interaction = 0 then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);

-            FadeTo(@ScreenEditConvert);

-          end;

-//          if Interaction = 1 then begin

-//            Music.PlayStart;

-//            FadeTo(@ScreenEditHeader);

-//          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 1 then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        begin

-          InteractNext;

-        end;

-      SDLK_UP:

-        begin

-          InteractPrev;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenEdit.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 0*70, 400, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Convert Midi to Txt');

-//  Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11;

-

-//  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 1*60, 400, 40, 'ButtonF');

-//  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Edit Headers');

-

-//  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 2*60, 400, 40, 'ButtonF');

-//  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Set GAP');

-

-  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 3*60, 400, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Exit');

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEdit.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-//  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Min:    integer;

-  Sec:    integer;

-  Tekst:  string;

-  Pet:    integer;

-  AktBeat:  integer;

-begin

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEdit.Finish;

-begin

-//

-end;*)

-

-end.

+unit UScreenEdit;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses UMenu, SDL, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEdit = class(TMenu)
+    public
+{      Tex_Background:     TTexture;
+      FadeOut:            boolean;
+      Path:               string;
+      FileName:           string;}
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+{      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure Finish;}
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMusic, USkins, SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenEdit.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+//          Result := false;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenEditConvert);
+          end;
+//          if Interaction = 1 then begin
+//            Music.PlayStart;
+//            FadeTo(@ScreenEditHeader);
+//          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEdit.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 0*70, 400, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Convert Midi to Txt');
+//  Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11;
+
+//  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 1*60, 400, 40, 'ButtonF');
+//  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Edit Headers');
+
+//  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 2*60, 400, 40, 'ButtonF');
+//  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Set GAP');
+
+  AddButton(400-200, 100 + 3*60, 400, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Exit');
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+//  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:    integer;
+  Sec:    integer;
+  Tekst:  string;
+  Pet:    integer;
+  AktBeat:  integer;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEdit.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
index 2bba36cd..28bf7682 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditHeader.pas
@@ -1,380 +1,380 @@
-unit UScreenEditHeader;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses UMenu,

-     SDL,

-     USongs,

-     USong,

-     UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenEditHeader = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      CurrentSong:      TSong;

-      TextTitle:        integer;

-      TextArtist:       integer;

-      TextMp3:          integer;

-      TextBackground:   integer;

-      TextVideo:        integer;

-      TextVideoGAP:     integer;

-      TextRelative:     integer;

-      TextResolution:   integer;

-      TextNotesGAP:     integer;

-      TextStart:        integer;

-      TextGAP:          integer;

-      TextBPM:          integer;

-      StaticTitle:      integer;

-      StaticArtist:     integer;

-      StaticMp3:        integer;

-      StaticBackground: integer;

-      StaticVideo:      integer;

-      StaticVideoGAP:   integer;

-      StaticRelative:   integer;

-      StaticResolution: integer;

-      StaticNotesGAP:   integer;

-      StaticStart:      integer;

-      StaticGAP:        integer;

-      StaticBPM:        integer;

-      Sel:              array[0..11] of boolean;

-      procedure SetRoundButtons;

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-{      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure Finish;}

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMusic, SysUtils, UFiles, USkins, UTexture;

-

-function TScreenEditHeader.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-  T:    integer;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-    

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE :

-        begin

-//          Music.PlayBack;

-//          FadeTo(@MainScreen);

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if Interaction = 1 then begin

-//            Save;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          case Interaction of

-            0..0: InteractNext;

-            1:  Interaction := 0;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          case Interaction of

-            0:  Interaction := 1;

-            1..1: InteractPrev;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        begin

-          case Interaction of

-            0..1:   Interaction := 2;

-            2..12:  InteractNext;

-            13:     Interaction := 0;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_UP:

-        begin

-          case Interaction of

-            0..1:   Interaction := 13;

-            2:      Interaction := 0;

-            3..13:  InteractPrev;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE:

-        begin

-          T := Interaction - 2 + TextTitle;

-          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) and (Length(Text[T].Text) >= 1) then begin

-            Text[T].DeleteLastL;

-            SetRoundButtons;            

-          end;

-        end;

-

-    end;

-    case CharCode of

-      #32..#255:

-        begin

-          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) then begin

-            Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text :=

-              Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text + CharCode;

-            SetRoundButtons;

-          end;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenEditHeader.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(15, 5, 'Open');

-

-  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(20, 5, 'Save');

-

-  AddBox(80, 60, 640, 550);

-

-  AddText(160, 110 + 0*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 1*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 2*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'MP3:');

-

-  AddText(160, 110 + 4*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Background:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 5*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Video:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 6*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGAP:');

-

-  AddText(160, 110 + 8*30,  0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Relative:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 9*30,  0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Resolution:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 10*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'NotesGAP:');

-

-  AddText(160, 110 + 12*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 13*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');

-  AddText(160, 110 + 14*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');

-

-  TextTitle  := AddText(340, 110 + 0*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextArtist := AddText(340, 110 + 1*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextMp3    := AddText(340, 110 + 2*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-

-  TextBackground := AddText(340, 110 + 4*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextVideo      := AddText(340, 110 + 5*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextVideoGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 6*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-

-  TextRelative   := AddText(340, 110 + 8*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextResolution := AddText(340, 110 + 9*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextNotesGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 10*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-

-  TextStart :=  AddText(340, 110 + 12*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextGAP   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 13*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-  TextBPM   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 14*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');

-

-  StaticTitle      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 0*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticArtist     := AddStatic(130, 115 + 1*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticMp3        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 2*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticBackground := AddStatic(130, 115 + 4*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticVideo      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 5*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticVideoGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 6*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticRelative   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 8*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticResolution := AddStatic(130, 115 + 9*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticNotesGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 10*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticStart      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 12*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticGAP        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 13*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-  StaticBPM        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 14*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);

-

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextTitle);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextArtist);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextMp3);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextBackground);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideo);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideoGAP);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextRelative);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextResolution);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextNotesGAP);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextStart);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextGAP);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextBPM);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditHeader.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-{  if FileExists(FileName) then begin // load file

-    CurrentSong.FileName := FileName;

-    SkanujPlik(CurrentSong);

-

-    SetLength(TrueBoolStrs, 1);

-    TrueBoolStrs[0] := 'yes';

-    SetLength(FalseBoolStrs, 1);

-    FalseBoolStrs[0] := 'no';

-

-    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   CurrentSong.Title;

-    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  CurrentSong.Artist;

-    Text[TextMP3].Text :=     CurrentSong.Mp3;

-    Text[TextBackground].Text :=  CurrentSong.Background;

-    Text[TextVideo].Text :=       CurrentSong.Video;

-    Text[TextVideoGAP].Text :=    FloatToStr(CurrentSong.VideoGAP);

-    Text[TextRelative].Text :=    BoolToStr(CurrentSong.Relative, true);

-    Text[TextResolution].Text :=  IntToStr(CurrentSong.Resolution);

-    Text[TextNotesGAP].Text :=    IntToStr(CurrentSong.NotesGAP);

-    Text[TextStart].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.Start);

-    Text[TextGAP].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);

-    Text[TextBPM].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM);

-    SetRoundButtons;

-  end;}

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Min:    integer;

-  Sec:    integer;

-  Tekst:  string;

-  Pet:    integer;

-  AktBeat:  integer;

-begin

-{  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);

-

-  // control music

-  if PlaySentence then begin

-    // stop the music

-    if (Music.Position > PlayStopTime) then begin

-      Music.Stop;

-      PlaySentence := false;

-    end;

-

-    // click

-    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then begin

-      AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);

-      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);

-      if AktBeat <> LastClick then begin

-        for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do

-          if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then begin

-            Music.PlayClick;

-            LastClick := AktBeat;

-          end;

-      end;

-    end; // click

-  end; // if PlaySentence

-

-  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc);

-  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].LengthNote);

-

-  // Song info

-  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);

-  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);

-

-  // Note info

-  Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);

-  Text[TextNDlugosc].Text :=  IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-  Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton);

-  Text[TextNText].Text :=              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst;

-

-  // draw static menu

-  inherited Draw;

-

-  // draw notes

-  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15);

-  SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0);

-  SingDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0);

-

-  // draw text

-  Lyric.Draw;}

-

-end;*)

-

-procedure TScreenEditHeader.SetRoundButtons;

-begin

-  if Length(Text[TextTitle].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticTitle].Visible := true

-  else Static[StaticTitle].Visible := false;

-

-  if Length(Text[TextArtist].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticArtist].Visible := true

-  else Static[StaticArtist].Visible := false;

-

-  if Length(Text[TextMp3].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticMp3].Visible := true

-  else Static[StaticMp3].Visible := false;

-

-  if Length(Text[TextBackground].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticBackground].Visible := true

-  else Static[StaticBackground].Visible := false;

-

-  if Length(Text[TextVideo].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticVideo].Visible := true

-  else Static[StaticVideo].Visible := false;

-

-  try

-    StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text);

-    if StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text)<> 0 then Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := true

-    else Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;

-  except

-    Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-  if LowerCase(Text[TextRelative].Text) = 'yes' then Static[StaticRelative].Visible := true

-  else Static[StaticRelative].Visible := false;

-

-  try

-    StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text);

-    if (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) <> 0) and (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) >= 1)

-    then Static[StaticResolution].Visible := true

-    else Static[StaticResolution].Visible := false;

-  except

-    Static[StaticResolution].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-  try

-    StrToInt(Text[TextNotesGAP].Text);

-    Static[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := true;

-  except

-    Static[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-  // start

-  try

-    StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text);

-    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text) > 0) then Static[StaticStart].Visible := true

-    else Static[StaticStart].Visible := false;

-  except

-    Static[StaticStart].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-  // GAP

-  try

-    StrToFloat(Text[TextGAP].Text);

-    Static[StaticGAP].Visible := true;

-  except

-    Static[StaticGAP].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-  // BPM

-  try

-    StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text);

-    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text) > 0) then Static[StaticBPM].Visible := true

-    else Static[StaticBPM].Visible := false;

-  except

-    Static[StaticBPM].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-(*procedure TScreenEdit.Finish;

-begin

-//

-end;*)

-

-end.

+unit UScreenEditHeader;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses UMenu,
+     SDL,
+     USongs,
+     USong,
+     UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEditHeader = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      CurrentSong:      TSong;
+      TextTitle:        integer;
+      TextArtist:       integer;
+      TextMp3:          integer;
+      TextBackground:   integer;
+      TextVideo:        integer;
+      TextVideoGAP:     integer;
+      TextRelative:     integer;
+      TextResolution:   integer;
+      TextNotesGAP:     integer;
+      TextStart:        integer;
+      TextGAP:          integer;
+      TextBPM:          integer;
+      StaticTitle:      integer;
+      StaticArtist:     integer;
+      StaticMp3:        integer;
+      StaticBackground: integer;
+      StaticVideo:      integer;
+      StaticVideoGAP:   integer;
+      StaticRelative:   integer;
+      StaticResolution: integer;
+      StaticNotesGAP:   integer;
+      StaticStart:      integer;
+      StaticGAP:        integer;
+      StaticBPM:        integer;
+      Sel:              array[0..11] of boolean;
+      procedure SetRoundButtons;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+{      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure Finish;}
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMusic, SysUtils, UFiles, USkins, UTexture;
+
+function TScreenEditHeader.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  T:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE :
+        begin
+//          Music.PlayBack;
+//          FadeTo(@MainScreen);
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 1 then begin
+//            Save;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..0: InteractNext;
+            1:  Interaction := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0:  Interaction := 1;
+            1..1: InteractPrev;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..1:   Interaction := 2;
+            2..12:  InteractNext;
+            13:     Interaction := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+            0..1:   Interaction := 13;
+            2:      Interaction := 0;
+            3..13:  InteractPrev;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          T := Interaction - 2 + TextTitle;
+          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) and (Length(Text[T].Text) >= 1) then begin
+            Text[T].DeleteLastL;
+            SetRoundButtons;            
+          end;
+        end;
+
+    end;
+    case CharCode of
+      #32..#255:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction >= 2) and (Interaction <= 13) then begin
+            Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text :=
+              Text[Interaction - 2 + TextTitle].Text + CharCode;
+            SetRoundButtons;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenEditHeader.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(15, 5, 'Open');
+
+  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(20, 5, 'Save');
+
+  AddBox(80, 60, 640, 550);
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 0*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 1*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 2*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'MP3:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 4*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Background:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 5*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Video:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 6*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'VideoGAP:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 8*30,  0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Relative:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 9*30,  0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Resolution:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 10*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'NotesGAP:');
+
+  AddText(160, 110 + 12*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 13*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');
+  AddText(160, 110 + 14*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');
+
+  TextTitle  := AddText(340, 110 + 0*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextArtist := AddText(340, 110 + 1*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextMp3    := AddText(340, 110 + 2*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextBackground := AddText(340, 110 + 4*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextVideo      := AddText(340, 110 + 5*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextVideoGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 6*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextRelative   := AddText(340, 110 + 8*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextResolution := AddText(340, 110 + 9*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextNotesGAP   := AddText(340, 110 + 10*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  TextStart :=  AddText(340, 110 + 12*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextGAP   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 13*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+  TextBPM   :=  AddText(340, 110 + 14*30, 0, 10, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+  StaticTitle      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 0*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticArtist     := AddStatic(130, 115 + 1*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticMp3        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 2*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticBackground := AddStatic(130, 115 + 4*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticVideo      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 5*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticVideoGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 6*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticRelative   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 8*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticResolution := AddStatic(130, 115 + 9*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticNotesGAP   := AddStatic(130, 115 + 10*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticStart      := AddStatic(130, 115 + 12*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticGAP        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 13*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+  StaticBPM        := AddStatic(130, 115 + 14*30, 20, 20, 1, 1, 1, 'RoundButton', TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextTitle);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextArtist);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextMp3);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextBackground);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideo);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextVideoGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextRelative);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextResolution);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextNotesGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextStart);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextGAP);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextBPM);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditHeader.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+{  if FileExists(FileName) then begin // load file
+    CurrentSong.FileName := FileName;
+    SkanujPlik(CurrentSong);
+
+    SetLength(TrueBoolStrs, 1);
+    TrueBoolStrs[0] := 'yes';
+    SetLength(FalseBoolStrs, 1);
+    FalseBoolStrs[0] := 'no';
+
+    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   CurrentSong.Title;
+    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  CurrentSong.Artist;
+    Text[TextMP3].Text :=     CurrentSong.Mp3;
+    Text[TextBackground].Text :=  CurrentSong.Background;
+    Text[TextVideo].Text :=       CurrentSong.Video;
+    Text[TextVideoGAP].Text :=    FloatToStr(CurrentSong.VideoGAP);
+    Text[TextRelative].Text :=    BoolToStr(CurrentSong.Relative, true);
+    Text[TextResolution].Text :=  IntToStr(CurrentSong.Resolution);
+    Text[TextNotesGAP].Text :=    IntToStr(CurrentSong.NotesGAP);
+    Text[TextStart].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.Start);
+    Text[TextGAP].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+    Text[TextBPM].Text :=   FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM);
+    SetRoundButtons;
+  end;}
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+(*function TScreenEdit.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:    integer;
+  Sec:    integer;
+  Tekst:  string;
+  Pet:    integer;
+  AktBeat:  integer;
+begin
+{  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);
+
+  // control music
+  if PlaySentence then begin
+    // stop the music
+    if (Music.Position > PlayStopTime) then begin
+      Music.Stop;
+      PlaySentence := false;
+    end;
+
+    // click
+    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then begin
+      AktBeat := Floor(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - CurrentSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);
+      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+      if AktBeat <> LastClick then begin
+        for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do
+          if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then begin
+            Music.PlayClick;
+            LastClick := AktBeat;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end; // click
+  end; // if PlaySentence
+
+  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc);
+  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].LengthNote);
+
+  // Song info
+  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);
+  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(CurrentSong.GAP);
+
+  // Note info
+  Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+  Text[TextNDlugosc].Text :=  IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+  Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton);
+  Text[TextNText].Text :=              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst;
+
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  // draw notes
+  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15);
+  SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0);
+  SingDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0);
+
+  // draw text
+  Lyric.Draw;}
+
+end;*)
+
+procedure TScreenEditHeader.SetRoundButtons;
+begin
+  if Length(Text[TextTitle].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticTitle].Visible := true
+  else Static[StaticTitle].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextArtist].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticArtist].Visible := true
+  else Static[StaticArtist].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextMp3].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticMp3].Visible := true
+  else Static[StaticMp3].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextBackground].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticBackground].Visible := true
+  else Static[StaticBackground].Visible := false;
+
+  if Length(Text[TextVideo].Text) > 0 then Static[StaticVideo].Visible := true
+  else Static[StaticVideo].Visible := false;
+
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text);
+    if StrToFloat(Text[TextVideoGAP].Text)<> 0 then Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := true
+    else Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Static[StaticVideoGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  if LowerCase(Text[TextRelative].Text) = 'yes' then Static[StaticRelative].Visible := true
+  else Static[StaticRelative].Visible := false;
+
+  try
+    StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text);
+    if (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) <> 0) and (StrToInt(Text[TextResolution].Text) >= 1)
+    then Static[StaticResolution].Visible := true
+    else Static[StaticResolution].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Static[StaticResolution].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  try
+    StrToInt(Text[TextNotesGAP].Text);
+    Static[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := true;
+  except
+    Static[StaticNotesGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // start
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text);
+    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextStart].Text) > 0) then Static[StaticStart].Visible := true
+    else Static[StaticStart].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Static[StaticStart].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // GAP
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextGAP].Text);
+    Static[StaticGAP].Visible := true;
+  except
+    Static[StaticGAP].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+  // BPM
+  try
+    StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text);
+    if (StrToFloat(Text[TextBPM].Text) > 0) then Static[StaticBPM].Visible := true
+    else Static[StaticBPM].Visible := false;
+  except
+    Static[StaticBPM].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+(*procedure TScreenEdit.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;*)
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenName.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenName.pas
index 6a5ef4c5..f2d59f05 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenName.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenName.pas
@@ -1,243 +1,243 @@
-unit UScreenName;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenName = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      Goto_SingScreen: Boolean; //If True then next Screen in SingScreen

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, UCommon;

-

-

-function TScreenName.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-SDL_ModState:  Word;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-

-    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT

-    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);

-

-    // check normal keys

-    if (IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or

-        {(CharCode in [' ','-','_','!',',','<','/','*','?','''','"']))} IsPunctuationChar(CharCode)) then

-    begin

-      Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text + CharCode;

-      Exit;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      // Templates for Names Mod

-      SDLK_F1:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F2:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F3:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F4:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F5:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F6:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F7:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F8:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F9:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F10:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F11:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10];

-         end;

-      SDLK_F12:

-       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-         begin

-           Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;

-         end

-         else

-         begin

-           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11];

-         end;

-

-

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE:

-        begin

-          Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastL;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE :

-        begin

-          Ini.SaveNames;

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          if GoTo_SingScreen then

-            FadeTo(@ScreenSong)

-          else

-            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          for I := 1 to 6 do

-            Ini.Name[I-1] := Button[I-1].Text[0].Text;

-          Ini.SaveNames;

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);

-

-          if GoTo_SingScreen then

-            FadeTo(@ScreenSing)

-          else

-            FadeTo(@ScreenLevel);

-

-          GoTo_SingScreen := False;

-        end;

-

-      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,

-      // but I don't want to declare variables inside

-      // functions like this one, called so many times

-      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;

-      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenName.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Name);

-

-

-  for I := 1 to 6 do

-    AddButton(Theme.Name.ButtonPlayer[I]);

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenName.onShow;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited;

-  

-  for I := 1 to 6 do

-    Button[I-1].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1];

-

-  for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do begin

-    Button[I-1].Visible := true;

-    Button[I-1].Selectable := true;

-  end;

-

-  for I := PlayersPlay+1 to 6 do begin

-    Button[I-1].Visible := false;

-    Button[I-1].Selectable := false;

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenName.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  for I := 1 to 6 do

-    Button[I-1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenName;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenName = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Goto_SingScreen: Boolean; //If True then next Screen in SingScreen
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, UCommon;
+
+
+function TScreenName.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+SDL_ModState:  Word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+    // check normal keys
+    if (IsAlphaNumericChar(CharCode) or
+        {(CharCode in [' ','-','_','!',',','<','/','*','?','''','"']))} IsPunctuationChar(CharCode)) then
+    begin
+      Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text + CharCode;
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      // Templates for Names Mod
+      SDLK_F1:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[0] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[0];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F2:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[1] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[1];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F3:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[2] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[2];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F4:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[3] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[3];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F5:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[4] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[4];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F6:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[5] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[5];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F7:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[6] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[6];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F8:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[7] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[7];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F9:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[8] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[8];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F10:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[9] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[9];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F11:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[10] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[10];
+         end;
+      SDLK_F12:
+       if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+         begin
+           Ini.NameTemplate[11] := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text;
+         end
+         else
+         begin
+           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Ini.NameTemplate[11];
+         end;
+
+
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Button[Interaction].Text[0].DeleteLastL;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE :
+        begin
+          Ini.SaveNames;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          if GoTo_SingScreen then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSong)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to 6 do
+            Ini.Name[I-1] := Button[I-1].Text[0].Text;
+          Ini.SaveNames;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+
+          if GoTo_SingScreen then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSing)
+          else
+            FadeTo(@ScreenLevel);
+
+          GoTo_SingScreen := False;
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenName.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Name);
+
+
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    AddButton(Theme.Name.ButtonPlayer[I]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenName.onShow;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+  
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    Button[I-1].Text[0].Text := Ini.Name[I-1];
+
+  for I := 1 to PlayersPlay do begin
+    Button[I-1].Visible := true;
+    Button[I-1].Selectable := true;
+  end;
+
+  for I := PlayersPlay+1 to 6 do begin
+    Button[I-1].Visible := false;
+    Button[I-1].Selectable := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenName.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  for I := 1 to 6 do
+    Button[I-1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOpen.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOpen.pas
index 7dbe8743..186b9b47 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOpen.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOpen.pas
@@ -1,173 +1,173 @@
-unit UScreenOpen;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses UMenu, UMusic, SDL, SysUtils, UFiles, UTime, USongs, UIni, ULog, UTexture, UMenuText,

-  ULyrics, Math, gl, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenOpen = class(TMenu)

-    private

-      TextF:    array[0..1] of integer;

-      TextN:    integer;

-    public

-      Tex_Background:     TTexture;

-      FadeOut:            boolean;

-      Path:               string;

-      BackScreen:         pointer;

-      procedure AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-//      function Draw: boolean; override;

-//      procedure Finish;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-uses UGraphic, UDraw, UMain, USkins;

-

-function TScreenOpen.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-

-  if (PressedDown) then begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case CharCode of

-      '0'..'9', 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', ' ', '-', '.', ':', '\':

-        begin

-          if Interaction = 0 then begin

-            Text[TextN].Text := Text[TextN].Text + CharCode;

-          end;

-        end;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-      8: // del

-        begin

-            if Interaction = 0 then

-            begin

-              Text[TextN].DeleteLastL;

-            end;

-        end;

-

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE :

-        begin

-          //Empty Filename and go to last Screen

-            ConversionFileName := '';

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(BackScreen);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if (Interaction = 2) then begin

-            //Update Filename and go to last Screen

-            ConversionFileName := Text[TextN].Text;

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(BackScreen);

-          end

-          else if (Interaction = 1) then

-          begin

-            //Empty Filename and go to last Screen

-            ConversionFileName := '';

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(BackScreen);

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          InteractPrev;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          InteractNext;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        begin

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_UP:

-        begin

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOpen.AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);

-begin

-  AddStatic(X,   Y,   W,   H,   0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  AddStatic(X+2, Y+2, W-4, H-4, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenOpen.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  // linijka

-{  AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MainBar', 'JPG', TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  AddText(35, 17, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 'Linijka');

-  TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 8, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');}

-

-  // file list

-//  AddBox(400, 100, 350, 450);

-

-//  TextF[0] :=  AddText(430, 155,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');

-//  TextF[1] :=  AddText(430, 180,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');

-

-  // file name

-  AddBox(20, 540, 500, 40);

-  TextN := AddText(50, 548, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, ConversionFileName);

-  AddInteraction(iText, TextN);

-

-  // buttons

-  {AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);

-  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');

-

-  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);

-  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');}

-  // buttons

-  AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');

-

-  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');

-

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOpen.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-(*function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Min:    integer;

-  Sec:    integer;

-  Tekst:  string;

-  Pet:    integer;

-  AktBeat:  integer;

-begin

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.Finish;

-begin

-//

-end;*)

-

-end.

-

+unit UScreenOpen;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses UMenu, UMusic, SDL, SysUtils, UFiles, UTime, USongs, UIni, ULog, UTexture, UMenuText,
+  ULyrics, Math, gl, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOpen = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      TextF:    array[0..1] of integer;
+      TextN:    integer;
+    public
+      Tex_Background:     TTexture;
+      FadeOut:            boolean;
+      Path:               string;
+      BackScreen:         pointer;
+      procedure AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+//      function Draw: boolean; override;
+//      procedure Finish;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses UGraphic, UDraw, UMain, USkins;
+
+function TScreenOpen.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case CharCode of
+      '0'..'9', 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', ' ', '-', '.', ':', '\':
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then begin
+            Text[TextN].Text := Text[TextN].Text + CharCode;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+      8: // del
+        begin
+            if Interaction = 0 then
+            begin
+              Text[TextN].DeleteLastL;
+            end;
+        end;
+
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE :
+        begin
+          //Empty Filename and go to last Screen
+            ConversionFileName := '';
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(BackScreen);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (Interaction = 2) then begin
+            //Update Filename and go to last Screen
+            ConversionFileName := Text[TextN].Text;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(BackScreen);
+          end
+          else if (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            //Empty Filename and go to last Screen
+            ConversionFileName := '';
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(BackScreen);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOpen.AddBox(X, Y, W, H: real);
+begin
+  AddStatic(X,   Y,   W,   H,   0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(X+2, Y+2, W-4, H-4, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('MainBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOpen.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  // linijka
+{  AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, 'MainBar', 'JPG', TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddText(35, 17, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 'Linijka');
+  TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 8, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');}
+
+  // file list
+//  AddBox(400, 100, 350, 450);
+
+//  TextF[0] :=  AddText(430, 155,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+//  TextF[1] :=  AddText(430, 180,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+
+  // file name
+  AddBox(20, 540, 500, 40);
+  TextN := AddText(50, 548, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, ConversionFileName);
+  AddInteraction(iText, TextN);
+
+  // buttons
+  {AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');
+
+  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.SkinPath + Skin.ButtonF);
+  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');}
+  // buttons
+  AddButton(540, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(10, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Cancel');
+
+  AddButton(670, 540, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(30, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'OK');
+
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOpen.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+(*function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:    integer;
+  Sec:    integer;
+  Tekst:  string;
+  Pet:    integer;
+  AktBeat:  integer;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.Finish;
+begin
+//
+end;*)
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
index 0a736a9d..d88753f2 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsGraphics.pas
@@ -1,107 +1,107 @@
-unit UScreenOptionsGraphics;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, UIni, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenOptionsGraphics = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMain, SysUtils;

-

-function TScreenOptionsGraphics.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-    

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          Ini.Save;

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-{          if SelInteraction <= 1 then begin

-            Restart := true;

-          end;}

-          if SelInteraction = 5 then begin

-            Ini.Save;

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-			Reinitialize3D();           

-            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP :

-        InteractPrev;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 4) then begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

-            InteractInc;

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 4) then begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

-            InteractDec;

-          end;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create;

-//var

-// I:      integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGraphics);

-

-  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectSlideResolution, Ini.Resolution, IResolution);

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen, Ini.Fullscreen, IFullscreen);

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth, Ini.Depth, IDepth);

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, Ini.Oscilloscope, IOscilloscope);

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize, Ini.MovieSize, IMovieSize);

-

-

-  AddButton(Theme.OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit);

-  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsGraphics.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenOptionsGraphics;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, UIni, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsGraphics = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMain, SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsGraphics.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+{          if SelInteraction <= 1 then begin
+            Restart := true;
+          end;}
+          if SelInteraction = 5 then begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+			Reinitialize3D();           
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 4) then begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 4) then begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create;
+//var
+// I:      integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsGraphics);
+
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectSlideResolution, Ini.Resolution, IResolution);
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen, Ini.Fullscreen, IFullscreen);
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth, Ini.Depth, IDepth);
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, Ini.Oscilloscope, IOscilloscope);
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize, Ini.MovieSize, IMovieSize);
+
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsGraphics.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
index a314f2f3..dec3b00c 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsLyrics.pas
@@ -1,102 +1,102 @@
-unit UScreenOptionsLyrics;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, UIni, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenOptionsLyrics = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, SysUtils;

-

-function TScreenOptionsLyrics.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-    

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          Ini.Save;

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if SelInteraction = 4 then begin

-            Ini.Save;

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP :

-        InteractPrev;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

-            InteractInc;

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

-            InteractDec;

-          end;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create;

-//var

-// I:      integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsLyrics);

-

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont, Ini.LyricsFont, ILyricsFont);

-  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, Ini.LyricsEffect, ILyricsEffect);

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectSolmization, Ini.Solmization, ISolmization);

-  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines, Ini.NoteLines, INoteLines);

-

-

-  AddButton(Theme.OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit);

-  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsLyrics.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenOptionsLyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, UIni, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenOptionsLyrics = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, SysUtils;
+
+function TScreenOptionsLyrics.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if SelInteraction = 4 then begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction <= 3) then begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create;
+//var
+// I:      integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsLyrics);
+
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont, Ini.LyricsFont, ILyricsFont);
+  AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, Ini.LyricsEffect, ILyricsEffect);
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectSolmization, Ini.Solmization, ISolmization);
+  AddSelect(Theme.OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines, Ini.NoteLines, INoteLines);
+
+
+  AddButton(Theme.OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsLyrics.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
index 8db5ede9..0e6a6842 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenOptionsRecord.pas
@@ -1,756 +1,756 @@
-unit UScreenOptionsRecord;

-

-interface

-

-{$IFDEF FPC}

-  {$MODE Delphi}

-{$ENDIF}

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UThemes,

-  UMusic,

-  URecord,

-  UMenu;

-

-type

-  TDrawState = record

-    ChannelIndex: integer;

-    R, G, B: real;    // mapped player color (normal)

-    RD, GD, BD: real; // mapped player color (dark)

-  end;

-

-  TPeakInfo = record

-    Volume: single;

-    Time: cardinal;

-  end;

-

-  TScreenOptionsRecord = class(TMenu)

-    private

-      // max. count of input-channels determined for all devices

-      MaxChannelCount: integer;

-

-      // current input device

-      CurrentDeviceIndex: integer;

-      PreviewDeviceIndex: integer;

-

-      // string arrays for select-slide options

-      InputSourceNames: array of string;

-      InputDeviceNames: array of string;

-

-      // dynamic generated themes for channel select-sliders

-      SelectSlideChannelTheme: array of TThemeSelectSlide;

-

-      // indices for widget-updates

-      SelectInputSourceID:   integer;

-      SelectSlideChannelID: array of integer;

-      TextPitchID: array of integer;

-

-      // interaction IDs

-      ExitButtonIID: integer;

-

-      // dummy data for non-available channels

-      ChannelToPlayerMapDummy: integer;

-

-      // preview channel-buffers

-      PreviewChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer;

-      ChannelPeak: array of TPeakInfo;

-

-      // Device source volume

-      SourceVolume: single;

-      NextVolumePollTime: cardinal;

-

-      procedure StartPreview;

-      procedure StopPreview;

-      procedure UpdateInputDevice;

-      procedure ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);

-      procedure DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);

-      procedure DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);

-      procedure DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);

-    public

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function    Draw: boolean; override;

-      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure   onShow; override;

-      procedure   onHide; override;

-  end;

-

-const

-  PeakDecay = 0.2; // strength of peak-decay (reduction after one sec)

-

-const

-  BarHeight  = 11; // height of each bar (volume/vu-meter/pitch)

-  BarUpperSpacing = 1;  // spacing between a bar-area and the previous widget

-  BarLowerSpacing = 3;  // spacing between a bar-area and the next widget

-  SourceBarsTotalHeight = BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;

-  ChannelBarsTotalHeight = 2*BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;

-

-implementation

-

-uses

-  SysUtils,

-  Math,

-  SDL,

-  gl,

-  UGraphic,

-  UDraw,

-  UMain,

-  UMenuSelectSlide,

-  UMenuText,

-  UFiles,

-  UDisplay,

-  UIni,

-  ULog;

-

-function TScreenOptionsRecord.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-      '+':

-        begin

-          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead

-          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.

-          ChangeVolume(0.02);

-        end;

-      '-':

-        begin

-          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead

-          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.

-          ChangeVolume(-0.02);

-        end;

-      'T':

-        begin

-          if ((SDL_GetModState() and KMOD_SHIFT) <> 0) then

-            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + Length(IThresholdVals) - 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals)

-          else

-            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals);

-        end;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE:

-        begin

-          Ini.Save;

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction = ExitButtonIID) then

-          begin

-            Ini.Save;

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP :

-        InteractPrev;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

-            InteractInc;

-          end;

-          UpdateInputDevice;

-        end;

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);

-            InteractDec;

-          end;

-          UpdateInputDevice;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenOptionsRecord.Create;

-var

-  DeviceIndex:  integer;

-  SourceIndex:  integer;

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;

-  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;

-  ChannelTheme: ^TThemeSelectSlide;

-  ButtonTheme: TThemeButton;

-  WidgetYPos: integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsRecord);

-

-  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device

-  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then

-    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0

-  else

-    CurrentDeviceIndex := -1;

-

-  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;

-

-  WidgetYPos := 0;

-

-  // init sliders if at least one device was detected

-  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then

-  begin

-    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];

-    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];

-

-    // init device-selection slider

-    SetLength(InputDeviceNames, Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList));

-    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do

-    begin

-      InputDeviceNames[DeviceIndex] := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].Name;

-    end;

-    // add device-selection slider (InteractionID: 0)

-    AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard, CurrentDeviceIndex, InputDeviceNames);

-

-    // init source-selection slider

-    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));

-    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do

-    begin

-      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;

-    end;

-    // add source-selection slider (InteractionID: 1)

-    SelectInputSourceID := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput,

-        InputDeviceCfg.Input, InputSourceNames);

-

-    // add space for source volume bar

-    WidgetYPos := Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.Y +

-                  Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.H +

-                  SourceBarsTotalHeight;

-

-    // find max. channel count of all devices

-    MaxChannelCount := 0;

-    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do

-    begin

-      if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels > MaxChannelCount) then

-        MaxChannelCount := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels;

-    end;

-

-    // init channel-to-player mapping sliders

-    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelID, MaxChannelCount);

-    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelTheme, MaxChannelCount);

-    SetLength(TextPitchID, MaxChannelCount);

-

-    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do

-    begin

-      // copy reference slide

-      SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex] :=

-        Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel;

-      // set current channel-theme

-      ChannelTheme := @SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex];

-      // adjust vertical position

-      ChannelTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;

-      // calc size of next slide (add space for bars)

-      WidgetYPos := WidgetYPos + ChannelTheme.H + ChannelBarsTotalHeight;

-      // append channel index to name

-      ChannelTheme.Text := ChannelTheme.Text + IntToStr(ChannelIndex+1);

-

-      // add tone-pitch label

-      TextPitchID[ChannelIndex] := AddText(

-          ChannelTheme.X + ChannelTheme.W,

-          ChannelTheme.Y + ChannelTheme.H/2,

-          '-');

-

-      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists

-      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then

-      begin

-        // current device has this channel

-

-        // add slider

-        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,

-          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayer);

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        // current device does not have that many channels

-

-        // add slider but hide it and assign a dummy variable to it

-        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,

-          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy, IChannelPlayer);

-        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;

-

-        // hide pitch label

-        Text[TextPitchID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  // add Exit-button

-  ButtonTheme := Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit;

-  // adjust button position

-  if (WidgetYPos <> 0) then

-    ButtonTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;

-  AddButton(ButtonTheme);

-  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);

-  // store InteractionID

-  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then

-    ExitButtonIID := MaxChannelCount + 2

-  else

-    ExitButtonIID := 0;

-

-  // set focus

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateInputDevice;

-var

-  SourceIndex: integer;

-  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;

-  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-begin

-  //Log.LogStatus('Update input-device', 'TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateCard') ;

-

-  StopPreview();

-

-  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device

-  if (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList)) then

-    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0;

-

-  // update sliders if at least one device was detected

-  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then

-  begin

-    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];

-    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];

-

-    // update source-selection slider

-    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));

-    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do

-    begin

-      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;

-    end;

-    UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, SelectInputSourceID,

-        InputSourceNames, InputDeviceCfg.Input);

-

-    // update channel-to-player mapping sliders

-    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do

-    begin

-      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists

-      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then

-      begin

-        // current device has this channel

-

-        // show slider

-        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],

-          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayer,

-          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]);

-        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true;

-

-        // show pitch label

-        Text[TextPitchID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true;

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        // current device does not have that many channels

-

-        // hide slider and assign a dummy variable to it

-        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],

-          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayer,

-          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy);

-        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;

-

-        // hide pitch label

-        Text[TextPitchID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  StartPreview();

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);

-var

-  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;

-  Volume: single;

-begin

-  // validate CurrentDeviceIndex

-  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex < 0) or

-      (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then

-  begin

-    Exit;

-  end;

-

-  InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];

-  if not assigned(InputDevice) then

-    Exit;

-

-  // set new volume

-  Volume := InputDevice.GetVolume() + VolumeChange;

-  InputDevice.SetVolume(Volume);

-  //DebugWriteln('Volume: ' + floattostr(InputDevice.GetVolume));

-

-  // volume must be polled again 

-  NextVolumePollTime := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.onShow;

-var

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-

-  // create preview sound-buffers

-  SetLength(PreviewChannel, MaxChannelCount);

-  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do

-    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex] := TCaptureBuffer.Create();

-

-  SetLength(ChannelPeak, MaxChannelCount);

-

-  StartPreview();

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.onHide;

-var

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-begin

-  StopPreview();

-

-  // free preview buffers

-  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do

-    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Free;

-  SetLength(PreviewChannel, 0);

-  SetLength(ChannelPeak, 0);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StartPreview;

-var

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-  Device: TAudioInputDevice;

-begin

-  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex >= 0) and

-      (CurrentDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then

-  begin

-    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];

-    // set preview channel as active capture channel

-    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do

-    begin

-      PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Clear();

-      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex]);

-      FillChar(ChannelPeak[ChannelIndex], SizeOf(TPeakInfo), 0);

-    end;

-    Device.Start();

-    PreviewDeviceIndex := CurrentDeviceIndex;

-

-    // volume must be polled again

-    NextVolumePollTime := 0;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StopPreview;

-var

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-  Device: TAudioInputDevice;

-begin

-  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and

-      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then

-  begin

-    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];

-    Device.Stop;

-    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do

-      Device.CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex] := nil;

-  end;

-  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;

-end;

-

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);

-var

-  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;

-  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;

-const

-  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;

-  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;

-begin

-  // coordinates for black rect

-  x1 := x;

-  y1 := y;

-  x2 := x1 + Width;

-  y2 := y1 + Height;

-

-  // draw black background-rect

-  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-  glEnd();

-

-  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);

-

-  // coordinates for first half of the volume bar

-  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;

-  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * SourceVolume;

-  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;

-  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;

-

-  // draw volume-bar

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    // draw volume bar

-    glColor3f(0.4, 0.3, 0.3);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-    glColor3f(1, 0.1, 0.1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-  glEnd();

-

-  { not needed anymore

-  // coordinates for separator

-  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;

-  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;

-

-  // draw separator

-  glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP);

-    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);

-    glVertex2f(x1,        y2);

-    glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0.4, 0.2);

-    glVertex2f((x1+x2)/2, y2);

-    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);

-    glVertex2f(x2,        y2);

-  glEnd();

-  }

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);

-var

-  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;

-  Volume, PeakVolume: single;

-  Delta: single;

-  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;

-const

-  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;

-  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;

-begin

-  // coordinates for black rect

-  x1 := x;

-  y1 := y;

-  x2 := x1 + Width;

-  y2 := y1 + Height;

-

-  // draw black background-rect

-  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-  glEnd();

-

-  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);

-

-  // vertical positions

-  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;

-  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;

-

-  // coordinates for bevel

-  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;

-  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;

-

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    Volume := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].MaxSampleVolume();

-

-    // coordinates for volume bar

-    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;

-    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume;

-

-    // draw volume bar

-    glColor3f(State.RD, State.GD, State.BD);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-    glColor3f(State.R, State.G, State.B);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-

-    Delta := (SDL_GetTicks() - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time)/1000;

-    PeakVolume := ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume - Delta*Delta*PeakDecay;

-

-    // determine new peak-volume

-    if (Volume > PeakVolume) then

-    begin

-      PeakVolume := Volume;

-      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume := Volume;

-      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time := SDL_GetTicks();

-    end;

-

-    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing + VolBarInnerWidth * PeakVolume;

-    x2 := x1 + 2;

-

-    // draw peak

-    glColor3f(0.8, 0.8, 0.8);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-

-    // draw threshold

-    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;

-    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex];

-

-    glColor4f(0.3, 0.3, 0.3, 0.6);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-  glEnd();

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);

-var

-  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;

-  i: integer;

-  ToneBoxWidth: real;

-const

-  PitchBarInnerHSpacing = 2;

-  PitchBarInnerVSpacing = 1;

-begin

-  // calc tone pitch

-  PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].AnalyzeBuffer();

-

-  // coordinates for black rect

-  x1 := x;

-  y1 := y;

-  x2 := x + Width;

-  y2 := y + Height;

-

-  // draw black background-rect

-  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-    glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-    glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-  glEnd();

-

-  // coordinates for tone boxes

-  ToneBoxWidth := Width / NumHalftones;

-  y1 := y1 + PitchBarInnerVSpacing;

-  y2 := y2 - PitchBarInnerVSpacing;

-

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    // draw tone boxes

-    for i := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do

-    begin

-      x1 := x + i * ToneBoxWidth + PitchBarInnerHSpacing;

-      x2 := x1 + ToneBoxWidth - 2*PitchBarInnerHSpacing;

-

-      if ((PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneValid) and

-          (PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneAbs = i)) then

-      begin

-        // highlight current tone-pitch

-        glColor3f(1, i / (NumHalftones-1), 0)

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        // grey other tone-pitches

-        glColor3f(0.3, i / (NumHalftones-1) * 0.3, 0);

-      end;

-

-      glVertex2f(x1, y1);

-      glVertex2f(x2, y1);

-      glVertex2f(x2, y2);

-      glVertex2f(x1, y2);

-    end;

-  glEnd();

-

-  // update tone-pitch label

-  Text[TextPitchID[State.ChannelIndex]].Text :=

-      PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneString;

-end;

-

-function TScreenOptionsRecord.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  i: integer;

-  Device: TAudioInputDevice;

-  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;

-  SelectSlide: TSelectSlide;

-  BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth: real;

-  ChannelIndex: integer;

-  State: TDrawState;

-begin

-  DrawBG;

-  DrawFG;

-

-  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and

-      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then

-  begin

-    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];

-    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];

-

-    glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-

-    // update source volume

-    if (SDL_GetTicks() >= NextVolumePollTime) then

-    begin

-      NextVolumePollTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 500; // next poll in 500ms

-      SourceVolume := Device.GetVolume();

-    end;

-

-    // get source select slide

-    SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectInputSourceID];

-    BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;

-    BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;

-    BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;

-    DrawVolume(SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);

-

-    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do

-    begin

-      // load player color mapped to current input channel

-      if (DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] > 0) then

-      begin

-        // set mapped channel to corresponding player-color

-        LoadColor(State.R, State.G, State.B, 'P'+ IntToStr(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]) + 'Dark');

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        // set non-mapped channel to white

-        State.R := 1; State.G := 1; State.B := 1;

-      end;

-

-      // dark player colors

-      State.RD := 0.2 * State.R;

-      State.GD := 0.2 * State.G;

-      State.BD := 0.2 * State.B;

-

-      // channel select slide

-      SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]];

-

-      BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;

-      BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;

-      BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;

-

-      State.ChannelIndex := ChannelIndex;

-

-      DrawVUMeter(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);

-      DrawPitch(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset+BarHeight, BarWidth, BarHeight);

-    end;

-

-    glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-  end;

-

-  Result := True;

-end;

-

-

-end.

+unit UScreenOptionsRecord;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UThemes,
+  UMusic,
+  URecord,
+  UMenu;
+
+type
+  TDrawState = record
+    ChannelIndex: integer;
+    R, G, B: real;    // mapped player color (normal)
+    RD, GD, BD: real; // mapped player color (dark)
+  end;
+
+  TPeakInfo = record
+    Volume: single;
+    Time: cardinal;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenOptionsRecord = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      // max. count of input-channels determined for all devices
+      MaxChannelCount: integer;
+
+      // current input device
+      CurrentDeviceIndex: integer;
+      PreviewDeviceIndex: integer;
+
+      // string arrays for select-slide options
+      InputSourceNames: array of string;
+      InputDeviceNames: array of string;
+
+      // dynamic generated themes for channel select-sliders
+      SelectSlideChannelTheme: array of TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+      // indices for widget-updates
+      SelectInputSourceID:   integer;
+      SelectSlideChannelID: array of integer;
+      TextPitchID: array of integer;
+
+      // interaction IDs
+      ExitButtonIID: integer;
+
+      // dummy data for non-available channels
+      ChannelToPlayerMapDummy: integer;
+
+      // preview channel-buffers
+      PreviewChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer;
+      ChannelPeak: array of TPeakInfo;
+
+      // Device source volume
+      SourceVolume: single;
+      NextVolumePollTime: cardinal;
+
+      procedure StartPreview;
+      procedure StopPreview;
+      procedure UpdateInputDevice;
+      procedure ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);
+      procedure DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);
+      procedure DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+      procedure DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+    public
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function    Draw: boolean; override;
+      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure   onShow; override;
+      procedure   onHide; override;
+  end;
+
+const
+  PeakDecay = 0.2; // strength of peak-decay (reduction after one sec)
+
+const
+  BarHeight  = 11; // height of each bar (volume/vu-meter/pitch)
+  BarUpperSpacing = 1;  // spacing between a bar-area and the previous widget
+  BarLowerSpacing = 3;  // spacing between a bar-area and the next widget
+  SourceBarsTotalHeight = BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;
+  ChannelBarsTotalHeight = 2*BarHeight + BarUpperSpacing + BarLowerSpacing;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  SysUtils,
+  Math,
+  SDL,
+  gl,
+  UGraphic,
+  UDraw,
+  UMain,
+  UMenuSelectSlide,
+  UMenuText,
+  UFiles,
+  UDisplay,
+  UIni,
+  ULog;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      '+':
+        begin
+          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead
+          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.
+          ChangeVolume(0.02);
+        end;
+      '-':
+        begin
+          // FIXME: add a nice volume-slider instead
+          // or at least provide visualization and acceleration if the user holds the key pressed.
+          ChangeVolume(-0.02);
+        end;
+      'T':
+        begin
+          if ((SDL_GetModState() and KMOD_SHIFT) <> 0) then
+            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + Length(IThresholdVals) - 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals)
+          else
+            Ini.ThresholdIndex := (Ini.ThresholdIndex + 1) mod Length(IThresholdVals);
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Ini.Save;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction = ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            Ini.Save;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractInc;
+          end;
+          UpdateInputDevice;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (SelInteraction >= 0) and (SelInteraction < ExitButtonIID) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Option);
+            InteractDec;
+          end;
+          UpdateInputDevice;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenOptionsRecord.Create;
+var
+  DeviceIndex:  integer;
+  SourceIndex:  integer;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  ChannelTheme: ^TThemeSelectSlide;
+  ButtonTheme: TThemeButton;
+  WidgetYPos: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.OptionsRecord);
+
+  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0
+  else
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := -1;
+
+  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;
+
+  WidgetYPos := 0;
+
+  // init sliders if at least one device was detected
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+  begin
+    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+
+    // init device-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputDeviceNames, Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList));
+    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    begin
+      InputDeviceNames[DeviceIndex] := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    // add device-selection slider (InteractionID: 0)
+    AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard, CurrentDeviceIndex, InputDeviceNames);
+
+    // init source-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));
+    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do
+    begin
+      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    // add source-selection slider (InteractionID: 1)
+    SelectInputSourceID := AddSelectSlide(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput,
+        InputDeviceCfg.Input, InputSourceNames);
+
+    // add space for source volume bar
+    WidgetYPos := Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.Y +
+                  Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput.H +
+                  SourceBarsTotalHeight;
+
+    // find max. channel count of all devices
+    MaxChannelCount := 0;
+    for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+    begin
+      if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels > MaxChannelCount) then
+        MaxChannelCount := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex].AudioFormat.Channels;
+    end;
+
+    // init channel-to-player mapping sliders
+    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelID, MaxChannelCount);
+    SetLength(SelectSlideChannelTheme, MaxChannelCount);
+    SetLength(TextPitchID, MaxChannelCount);
+
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do
+    begin
+      // copy reference slide
+      SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex] :=
+        Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel;
+      // set current channel-theme
+      ChannelTheme := @SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex];
+      // adjust vertical position
+      ChannelTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;
+      // calc size of next slide (add space for bars)
+      WidgetYPos := WidgetYPos + ChannelTheme.H + ChannelBarsTotalHeight;
+      // append channel index to name
+      ChannelTheme.Text := ChannelTheme.Text + IntToStr(ChannelIndex+1);
+
+      // add tone-pitch label
+      TextPitchID[ChannelIndex] := AddText(
+          ChannelTheme.X + ChannelTheme.W,
+          ChannelTheme.Y + ChannelTheme.H/2,
+          '-');
+
+      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists
+      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then
+      begin
+        // current device has this channel
+
+        // add slider
+        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,
+          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayer);
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // current device does not have that many channels
+
+        // add slider but hide it and assign a dummy variable to it
+        SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex] := AddSelectSlide(ChannelTheme^,
+          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy, IChannelPlayer);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+
+        // hide pitch label
+        Text[TextPitchID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // add Exit-button
+  ButtonTheme := Theme.OptionsRecord.ButtonExit;
+  // adjust button position
+  if (WidgetYPos <> 0) then
+    ButtonTheme.Y := WidgetYPos;
+  AddButton(ButtonTheme);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+  // store InteractionID
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+    ExitButtonIID := MaxChannelCount + 2
+  else
+    ExitButtonIID := 0;
+
+  // set focus
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateInputDevice;
+var
+  SourceIndex: integer;
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  InputDeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  //Log.LogStatus('Update input-device', 'TScreenOptionsRecord.UpdateCard') ;
+
+  StopPreview();
+
+  // set CurrentDeviceIndex to a valid device
+  if (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList)) then
+    CurrentDeviceIndex := 0;
+
+  // update sliders if at least one device was detected
+  if (Length(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) > 0) then
+  begin
+    InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    InputDeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[InputDevice.CfgIndex];
+
+    // update source-selection slider
+    SetLength(InputSourceNames, Length(InputDevice.Source));
+    for SourceIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.Source) do
+    begin
+      InputSourceNames[SourceIndex] := InputDevice.Source[SourceIndex].Name;
+    end;
+    UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, SelectInputSourceID,
+        InputSourceNames, InputDeviceCfg.Input);
+
+    // update channel-to-player mapping sliders
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to MaxChannelCount-1 do
+    begin
+      // show/hide widgets depending on whether the channel exists
+      if (ChannelIndex < Length(InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap)) then
+      begin
+        // current device has this channel
+
+        // show slider
+        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],
+          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayer,
+          InputDeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true;
+
+        // show pitch label
+        Text[TextPitchID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := true;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // current device does not have that many channels
+
+        // hide slider and assign a dummy variable to it
+        UpdateSelectSlideOptions(SelectSlideChannelTheme[ChannelIndex],
+          SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex], IChannelPlayer,
+          ChannelToPlayerMapDummy);
+        SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+
+        // hide pitch label
+        Text[TextPitchID[ChannelIndex]].Visible := false;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  StartPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.ChangeVolume(VolumeChange: single);
+var
+  InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice;
+  Volume: single;
+begin
+  // validate CurrentDeviceIndex
+  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex < 0) or
+      (CurrentDeviceIndex > High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  InputDevice := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+  if not assigned(InputDevice) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set new volume
+  Volume := InputDevice.GetVolume() + VolumeChange;
+  InputDevice.SetVolume(Volume);
+  //DebugWriteln('Volume: ' + floattostr(InputDevice.GetVolume));
+
+  // volume must be polled again 
+  NextVolumePollTime := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.onShow;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  // create preview sound-buffers
+  SetLength(PreviewChannel, MaxChannelCount);
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do
+    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex] := TCaptureBuffer.Create();
+
+  SetLength(ChannelPeak, MaxChannelCount);
+
+  StartPreview();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.onHide;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+  StopPreview();
+
+  // free preview buffers
+  for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(PreviewChannel) do
+    PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Free;
+  SetLength(PreviewChannel, 0);
+  SetLength(ChannelPeak, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StartPreview;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+begin
+  if ((CurrentDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (CurrentDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[CurrentDeviceIndex];
+    // set preview channel as active capture channel
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+    begin
+      PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex].Clear();
+      Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, PreviewChannel[ChannelIndex]);
+      FillChar(ChannelPeak[ChannelIndex], SizeOf(TPeakInfo), 0);
+    end;
+    Device.Start();
+    PreviewDeviceIndex := CurrentDeviceIndex;
+
+    // volume must be polled again
+    NextVolumePollTime := 0;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.StopPreview;
+var
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+begin
+  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];
+    Device.Stop;
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+      Device.CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex] := nil;
+  end;
+  PreviewDeviceIndex := -1;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVolume(x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;
+const
+  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x1 + Width;
+  y2 := y1 + Height;
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);
+
+  // coordinates for first half of the volume bar
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * SourceVolume;
+  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  // draw volume-bar
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // draw volume bar
+    glColor3f(0.4, 0.3, 0.3);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glColor3f(1, 0.1, 0.1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+  glEnd();
+
+  { not needed anymore
+  // coordinates for separator
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;
+
+  // draw separator
+  glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP);
+    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f(x1,        y2);
+    glColor4f(0.4, 0.4, 0.4, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f((x1+x2)/2, y2);
+    glColor4f(0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.2);
+    glVertex2f(x2,        y2);
+  glEnd();
+  }
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawVUMeter(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  Volume, PeakVolume: single;
+  Delta: single;
+  VolBarInnerWidth: integer;
+const
+  VolBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  VolBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x1 + Width;
+  y2 := y1 + Height;
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  VolBarInnerWidth := Trunc(Width - 2*VolBarInnerHSpacing);
+
+  // vertical positions
+  y1 := y1 + VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - VolBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  // coordinates for bevel
+  x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+  x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    Volume := PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].MaxSampleVolume();
+
+    // coordinates for volume bar
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * Volume;
+
+    // draw volume bar
+    glColor3f(State.RD, State.GD, State.BD);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glColor3f(State.R, State.G, State.B);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+
+    Delta := (SDL_GetTicks() - ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time)/1000;
+    PeakVolume := ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume - Delta*Delta*PeakDecay;
+
+    // determine new peak-volume
+    if (Volume > PeakVolume) then
+    begin
+      PeakVolume := Volume;
+      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Volume := Volume;
+      ChannelPeak[State.ChannelIndex].Time := SDL_GetTicks();
+    end;
+
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing + VolBarInnerWidth * PeakVolume;
+    x2 := x1 + 2;
+
+    // draw peak
+    glColor3f(0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+
+    // draw threshold
+    x1 := x + VolBarInnerHSpacing;
+    x2 := x1 + VolBarInnerWidth * IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex];
+
+    glColor4f(0.3, 0.3, 0.3, 0.6);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+  glEnd();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenOptionsRecord.DrawPitch(const State: TDrawState; x, y, Width, Height: single);
+var
+  x1, y1, x2, y2: single;
+  i: integer;
+  ToneBoxWidth: real;
+const
+  PitchBarInnerHSpacing = 2;
+  PitchBarInnerVSpacing = 1;
+begin
+  // calc tone pitch
+  PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].AnalyzeBuffer();
+
+  // coordinates for black rect
+  x1 := x;
+  y1 := y;
+  x2 := x + Width;
+  y2 := y + Height;
+
+  // draw black background-rect
+  glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.8);
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+    glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+    glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+  glEnd();
+
+  // coordinates for tone boxes
+  ToneBoxWidth := Width / NumHalftones;
+  y1 := y1 + PitchBarInnerVSpacing;
+  y2 := y2 - PitchBarInnerVSpacing;
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    // draw tone boxes
+    for i := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do
+    begin
+      x1 := x + i * ToneBoxWidth + PitchBarInnerHSpacing;
+      x2 := x1 + ToneBoxWidth - 2*PitchBarInnerHSpacing;
+
+      if ((PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneValid) and
+          (PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneAbs = i)) then
+      begin
+        // highlight current tone-pitch
+        glColor3f(1, i / (NumHalftones-1), 0)
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // grey other tone-pitches
+        glColor3f(0.3, i / (NumHalftones-1) * 0.3, 0);
+      end;
+
+      glVertex2f(x1, y1);
+      glVertex2f(x2, y1);
+      glVertex2f(x2, y2);
+      glVertex2f(x1, y2);
+    end;
+  glEnd();
+
+  // update tone-pitch label
+  Text[TextPitchID[State.ChannelIndex]].Text :=
+      PreviewChannel[State.ChannelIndex].ToneString;
+end;
+
+function TScreenOptionsRecord.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  i: integer;
+  Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+  DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+  SelectSlide: TSelectSlide;
+  BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth: real;
+  ChannelIndex: integer;
+  State: TDrawState;
+begin
+  DrawBG;
+  DrawFG;
+
+  if ((PreviewDeviceIndex >= 0) and
+      (PreviewDeviceIndex <= High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList))) then
+  begin
+    Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[PreviewDeviceIndex];
+    DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+
+    glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+    glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+    // update source volume
+    if (SDL_GetTicks() >= NextVolumePollTime) then
+    begin
+      NextVolumePollTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 500; // next poll in 500ms
+      SourceVolume := Device.GetVolume();
+    end;
+
+    // get source select slide
+    SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectInputSourceID];
+    BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;
+    BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;
+    BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;
+    DrawVolume(SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+
+    for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(Device.CaptureChannel) do
+    begin
+      // load player color mapped to current input channel
+      if (DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] > 0) then
+      begin
+        // set mapped channel to corresponding player-color
+        LoadColor(State.R, State.G, State.B, 'P'+ IntToStr(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]) + 'Dark');
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        // set non-mapped channel to white
+        State.R := 1; State.G := 1; State.B := 1;
+      end;
+
+      // dark player colors
+      State.RD := 0.2 * State.R;
+      State.GD := 0.2 * State.G;
+      State.BD := 0.2 * State.B;
+
+      // channel select slide
+      SelectSlide := SelectsS[SelectSlideChannelID[ChannelIndex]];
+
+      BarXOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.X;
+      BarYOffset := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.Y + SelectSlide.TextureSBG.H + BarUpperSpacing;
+      BarWidth   := SelectSlide.TextureSBG.W;
+
+      State.ChannelIndex := ChannelIndex;
+
+      DrawVUMeter(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+      DrawPitch(State, BarXOffset, BarYOffset+BarHeight, BarWidth, BarHeight);
+    end;
+
+    glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  end;
+
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
index c8600c9b..fa717677 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyPlayer.pas
@@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ begin
 
   begin // Key Down
     // check normal keys
-    case CharCode of

+    case CharCode of
       '0'..'9', 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', ' ', '-', '_', '!', ',', '<', '/', '*', '?', '''', '"':
         begin
           Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text := Button[Interaction].Text[0].Text + CharCode;
           Exit;
         end;
     end;
-

-    // check special keys

+
+    // check special keys
     case PressedKey of
       // Templates for Names Mod
       SDLK_F1:
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
index e7b53196..176a94b2 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyScore.pas
@@ -1,302 +1,302 @@
-unit UScreenPartyScore;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, SysUtils, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenPartyScore = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      TextScoreTeam1:    Cardinal;

-      TextScoreTeam2:    Cardinal;

-      TextScoreTeam3:    Cardinal;

-      TextNameTeam1:     Cardinal;

-      TextNameTeam2:     Cardinal;

-      TextNameTeam3:     Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1:       Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1BG:     Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1Deco:   Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2:       Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2BG:     Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2Deco:   Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3:       Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3BG:     Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3Deco:   Cardinal;

-      TextWinner:        Cardinal;

-

-      DecoTex:          Array[0..5] of Integer;

-      DecoColor:        Array[0..5] of Record

-                                        R, G, B: Real;

-                        end;

-

-      MaxScore:          Word;

-      

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMain, UParty, UScreenSingModi, ULanguage, UTexture, USkins;

-

-function TScreenPartyScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);

-          {if (PartySession.CurRound < High(PartySession.Rounds)) then

-            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound)

-          else  // to-do : Party

-          begin

-            PartySession.EndRound;  }

-            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin);

-          //end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);

-          // to-do : Party

-          {if (PartySession.CurRound < High(PartySession.Rounds)) then

-            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound)

-          else }

-            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin);

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenPartyScore.Create;

-var

-// I:    integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable

-  Tex:  TTexture;

-  R, G, B: Real;

-  Color: Integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1);

-  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2);

-  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3);

-  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam1);

-  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam2);

-  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam3);

-

-  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1);

-  StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG);

-  StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco);

-  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2);

-  StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG);

-  StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco);

-  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3);

-  StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG);

-  StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco);

-

-  TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextWinner);

-

-  //Load Deco Textures

-  if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then

-  begin

-    //Get Color

-    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor);

-    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);

-    DecoColor[0].R := R;

-    DecoColor[0].G := G;

-    DecoColor[0].B := B;

-

-    //Load Texture

-    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture)), Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp, Color);

-    DecoTex[0] := Tex.TexNum;

-

-    //Get Second Color

-    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor);

-    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);

-    DecoColor[1].R := R;

-    DecoColor[1].G := G;

-    DecoColor[1].B := B;

-

-    //Load Second Texture

-    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture)), Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp, Color);

-    DecoTex[1] := Tex.TexNum;

-

-    //Get Third Color

-    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor);

-    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);

-    DecoColor[2].R := R;

-    DecoColor[2].G := G;

-    DecoColor[2].B := B;

-

-    //Load Third Texture

-    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture)), Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp, Color);

-    DecoTex[2] := Tex.TexNum;

-  end;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyScore);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyScore.onShow;

-var

-  I, J: Integer;

-  Placings: Array [0..5] of Byte;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-

-  //Get Maxscore

-

-  MaxScore := 0;

-  for I := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do

-  begin

-    if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score > MaxScore) then

-      MaxScore := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score;

-  end;

-

-  //Get Placings

-  for I := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do

-  begin

-    Placings[I] := 0;

-    for J := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do

-      If (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[J].Score > ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score) then

-        Inc(Placings[I]);

-  end;

-

-

-  //Set Static Length

-  Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;

-  Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;

-  Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;

-

-  //fix: prevents static from drawn out of bounds.

-  if Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := 99;

-  if Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := 99;

-  if Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := 99;

-

-  //End Last Round // to-do : Party

-  //PartySession.EndRound;

-

-  //Set Winnertext

-  //Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [PartySession.GetWinnerString(PartySession.CurRound)]);

-

-  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Score);

-    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[0].Name);

-

-    //Set Deco Texture

-    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[0]];

-      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[0]].R;

-      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[0]].G;

-      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[0]].B;

-    end;

-

-    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Score);

-    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[1].Name);

-

-    //Set Deco Texture

-    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[1]];

-      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[1]].R;

-      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[1]].G;

-      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[1]].B;

-    end;

-

-    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Score);

-    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[2].Name);

-

-    //Set Deco Texture

-    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[2]];

-      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[2]].R;

-      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[2]].G;

-      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[2]].B;

-    end;

-

-    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-

-//  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');

-//  UpdateLCD;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyScore.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

-begin

-  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then

-    Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;

-  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then

-    Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;

-  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then

-    Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenPartyScore;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, SysUtils, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyScore = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextScoreTeam1:    Cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2:    Cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3:    Cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1:     Cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2:     Cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3:     Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1:       Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1BG:     Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Deco:   Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2:       Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2BG:     Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Deco:   Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3:       Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3BG:     Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Deco:   Cardinal;
+      TextWinner:        Cardinal;
+
+      DecoTex:          Array[0..5] of Integer;
+      DecoColor:        Array[0..5] of Record
+                                        R, G, B: Real;
+                        end;
+
+      MaxScore:          Word;
+      
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMain, UParty, UScreenSingModi, ULanguage, UTexture, USkins;
+
+function TScreenPartyScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          {if (PartySession.CurRound < High(PartySession.Rounds)) then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound)
+          else  // to-do : Party
+          begin
+            PartySession.EndRound;  }
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin);
+          //end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+          // to-do : Party
+          {if (PartySession.CurRound < High(PartySession.Rounds)) then
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyNewRound)
+          else }
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyWin);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyScore.Create;
+var
+// I:    integer; // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+  Tex:  TTexture;
+  R, G, B: Real;
+  Color: Integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam1BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG);
+  StaticTeam1Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam2BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG);
+  StaticTeam2Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticTeam3BG := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG);
+  StaticTeam3Deco := AddStatic (Theme.PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco);
+
+  TextWinner := AddText (Theme.PartyScore.TextWinner);
+
+  //Load Deco Textures
+  if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+  begin
+    //Get Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[0].R := R;
+    DecoColor[0].G := G;
+    DecoColor[0].B := B;
+
+    //Load Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture)), Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[0] := Tex.TexNum;
+
+    //Get Second Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[1].R := R;
+    DecoColor[1].G := G;
+    DecoColor[1].B := B;
+
+    //Load Second Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture)), Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[1] := Tex.TexNum;
+
+    //Get Third Color
+    LoadColor(R, G, B, Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor);
+    Color := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+    DecoColor[2].R := R;
+    DecoColor[2].G := G;
+    DecoColor[2].B := B;
+
+    //Load Third Texture
+    Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName(Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture)), Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp, Color);
+    DecoTex[2] := Tex.TexNum;
+  end;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyScore);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyScore.onShow;
+var
+  I, J: Integer;
+  Placings: Array [0..5] of Byte;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+
+  //Get Maxscore
+
+  MaxScore := 0;
+  for I := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score > MaxScore) then
+      MaxScore := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score;
+  end;
+
+  //Get Placings
+  for I := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do
+  begin
+    Placings[I] := 0;
+    for J := 0 to ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers - 1 do
+      If (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[J].Score > ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score) then
+        Inc(Placings[I]);
+  end;
+
+
+  //Set Static Length
+  Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;
+  Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;
+  Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;
+
+  //fix: prevents static from drawn out of bounds.
+  if Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+  if Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+  if Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW > 99 then Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := 99;
+
+  //End Last Round // to-do : Party
+  //PartySession.EndRound;
+
+  //Set Winnertext
+  //Text[TextWinner].Text := Format(Language.Translate('PARTY_SCORE_WINS'), [PartySession.GetWinnerString(PartySession.CurRound)]);
+
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[0].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[0]];
+      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[0]].R;
+      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[0]].G;
+      Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[0]].B;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1BG].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1Deco].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[1].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[1]];
+      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[1]].R;
+      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[1]].G;
+      Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[1]].B;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2BG].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2Deco].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := String(ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo.Teaminfo[2].Name);
+
+    //Set Deco Texture
+    if Theme.PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures then
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.TexNum := DecoTex[Placings[2]];
+      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColR := DecoColor[Placings[2]].R;
+      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColG := DecoColor[Placings[2]].G;
+      Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Texture.ColB := DecoColor[Placings[2]].B;
+    end;
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3BG].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3Deco].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+
+//  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');
+//  UpdateLCD;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyScore.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 1) then
+    Static[StaticTeam1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Percentage / 100;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 2) then
+    Static[StaticTeam2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Percentage / 100;
+  if (ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.NumPlayers >= 3) then
+    Static[StaticTeam3].Texture.ScaleW := Progress * ScreenSingModi.PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Percentage / 100;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPopup.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPopup.pas
index 328e9851..b51fac98 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPopup.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPopup.pas
@@ -1,252 +1,252 @@
-unit UScreenPopup;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenPopupCheck = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      Visible: Boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure ShowPopup(msg: String);

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-  end;

-

-type

-  TScreenPopupError = class(TMenu)

-{    private

-      CurMenu: Byte; //Num of the cur. Shown Menu}

-    public

-      Visible: Boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure onHide; override;

-      procedure ShowPopup(msg: String);

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-  end;

-

-var

-//  ISelections: Array of String;

-  SelectValue: Integer;

-

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, ULanguage, UParty, UPlaylist, UDisplay;

-

-function TScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          Display.CheckOK:=False;

-          Display.NextScreenWithCheck:=NIL;

-          Visible:=False;

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          case Interaction of

-          0: begin

-               //Hack to Finish Singscreen correct on Exit with Q Shortcut

-               if (Display.NextScreenWithCheck = NIL) then

-               begin

-                 if (Display.CurrentScreen = @ScreenSing) then

-                   ScreenSing.Finish

-                 else if (Display.CurrentScreen = @ScreenSingModi) then

-                   ScreenSingModi.Finish;

-               end;

-

-               Display.CheckOK:=True;

-             end;

-          1: begin

-               Display.CheckOK:=False;

-               Display.NextScreenWithCheck:=NIL;

-             end;

-          end;

-          Visible:=False;

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;

-      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenPopupCheck.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  AddBackground(Theme.CheckPopup.Background.Tex);

-

-  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button1);

-  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');

-

-  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button2);

-  if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2');

-

-  AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.TextCheck);

-

-  for I := 0 to High(Theme.CheckPopup.Static) do

-    AddStatic(Theme.CheckPopup.Static[I]);

-

-  for I := 0 to High(Theme.CheckPopup.Text) do

-    AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.Text[I]);

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-function TScreenPopupCheck.Draw: boolean;

-begin

-  Draw:=inherited Draw;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPopupCheck.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(msg: String);

-begin

-  Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction

-  Visible := True;  //Set Visible

-

-  Text[0].Text := Language.Translate(msg);

-

-  Button[0].Visible := True;

-  Button[1].Visible := True;

-

-  Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');

-  Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NO');

-end;

-

-// error popup

-

-function TScreenPopupError.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          Visible:=False;

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          Visible:=False;

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;

-      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenPopupError.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  AddBackground(Theme.CheckPopup.Background.Tex);

-

-  AddButton(Theme.ErrorPopup.Button1);

-  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');

-

-  AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.TextError);

-

-  for I := 0 to High(Theme.ErrorPopup.Static) do

-    AddStatic(Theme.ErrorPopup.Static[I]);

-

-  for I := 0 to High(Theme.ErrorPopup.Text) do

-    AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.Text[I]);

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-function TScreenPopupError.Draw: boolean;

-begin

-  Draw:=inherited Draw;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPopupError.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPopupError.onHide;

-begin

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(msg: String);

-begin

-  Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction

-  Visible := True;  //Set Visible

-

-{  //dirty hack... Text[0] is invisible for some strange reason

-  for i:=1 to high(Text) do

-    if i-1 <= high(msg) then

-    begin

-      Text[i].Visible:=True;

-      Text[i].Text := msg[i-1];

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      Text[i].Visible:=False;

-    end;}

-  Text[0].Text:=msg;

-

-  Button[0].Visible := True;

-

-  Button[0].Text[0].Text := 'OK';

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenPopup;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPopupCheck = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Visible: Boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure ShowPopup(msg: String);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+type
+  TScreenPopupError = class(TMenu)
+{    private
+      CurMenu: Byte; //Num of the cur. Shown Menu}
+    public
+      Visible: Boolean; //Whether the Menu should be Drawn
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure onHide; override;
+      procedure ShowPopup(msg: String);
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+var
+//  ISelections: Array of String;
+  SelectValue: Integer;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, ULanguage, UParty, UPlaylist, UDisplay;
+
+function TScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Display.CheckOK:=False;
+          Display.NextScreenWithCheck:=NIL;
+          Visible:=False;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          case Interaction of
+          0: begin
+               //Hack to Finish Singscreen correct on Exit with Q Shortcut
+               if (Display.NextScreenWithCheck = NIL) then
+               begin
+                 if (Display.CurrentScreen = @ScreenSing) then
+                   ScreenSing.Finish
+                 else if (Display.CurrentScreen = @ScreenSingModi) then
+                   ScreenSingModi.Finish;
+               end;
+
+               Display.CheckOK:=True;
+             end;
+          1: begin
+               Display.CheckOK:=False;
+               Display.NextScreenWithCheck:=NIL;
+             end;
+          end;
+          Visible:=False;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPopupCheck.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddBackground(Theme.CheckPopup.Background.Tex);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  AddButton(Theme.CheckPopup.Button2);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 2');
+
+  AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.TextCheck);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.CheckPopup.Static) do
+    AddStatic(Theme.CheckPopup.Static[I]);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.CheckPopup.Text) do
+    AddText(Theme.CheckPopup.Text[I]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPopupCheck.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Draw:=inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupCheck.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupCheck.ShowPopup(msg: String);
+begin
+  Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction
+  Visible := True;  //Set Visible
+
+  Text[0].Text := Language.Translate(msg);
+
+  Button[0].Visible := True;
+  Button[1].Visible := True;
+
+  Button[0].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_YES');
+  Button[1].Text[0].Text := Language.Translate('SONG_MENU_NO');
+end;
+
+// error popup
+
+function TScreenPopupError.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Visible:=False;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          Visible:=False;
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT: InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT: InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPopupError.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  AddBackground(Theme.CheckPopup.Background.Tex);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.ErrorPopup.Button1);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text) = 0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, 'Button 1');
+
+  AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.TextError);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.ErrorPopup.Static) do
+    AddStatic(Theme.ErrorPopup.Static[I]);
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.ErrorPopup.Text) do
+    AddText(Theme.ErrorPopup.Text[I]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+function TScreenPopupError.Draw: boolean;
+begin
+  Draw:=inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupError.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupError.onHide;
+begin
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(msg: String);
+begin
+  Interaction := 0; //Reset Interaction
+  Visible := True;  //Set Visible
+
+{  //dirty hack... Text[0] is invisible for some strange reason
+  for i:=1 to high(Text) do
+    if i-1 <= high(msg) then
+    begin
+      Text[i].Visible:=True;
+      Text[i].Text := msg[i-1];
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Text[i].Visible:=False;
+    end;}
+  Text[0].Text:=msg;
+
+  Button[0].Visible := True;
+
+  Button[0].Text[0].Text := 'OK';
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas
index b47c43f1..59e5719a 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas
@@ -1,837 +1,837 @@
-unit UScreenScore;

-

-interface

-

-{$IFDEF FPC}

-  {$MODE Delphi}

-{$ENDIF}

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu,

-  SDL,

-  SysUtils,

-  UDisplay,

-  UMusic,

-  USongs,

-  UThemes,

-  gl,

-  math,

-  UTexture;

-

-const

-  ZBars            : real = 0.8; // Z value for the bars

-  ZRatingPic       : real = 0.8; // Z value for the rating pictures

-

-  EaseOut_MaxSteps : real = 40;  // that's the speed of the bars (10 is fast | 100 is slower)

-

-  BarRaiseSpeed    : cardinal = 0; // Time for raising the bar one step higher (in ms)

-

-type

-  TPlayerScoreScreenTexture = record            // holds all colorized textures for up to 6 players

-    //Bar textures

-    Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     : TTexture;     // Note

-    Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     : TTexture;     // that's the round thing on top

-

-    Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    : TTexture;     // LineBonus | Phrasebonus

-    Score_NoteBarRound_Light    : TTexture;

-

-    Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest : TTexture;     // GoldenNotes

-    Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest : TTexture;

-  end;

-

-  TPlayerScoreScreenData = record               // holds the positions and other data

-    Bar_Y      :Real;

-    Bar_Actual_Height      : Real;              // this one holds the actual height of the bar, while we animate it

-    BarScore_ActualHeight  : Real;

-    BarLine_ActualHeight   : Real;

-    BarGolden_ActualHeight : Real;

-  end;

-

-  TPlayerScoreRatingPics = record               // a fine array of the rating pictures

-    RateEaseStep : Integer;

-    RateEaseValue: Real;

-  end;

-

-  TScreenScore = class(TMenu)

-    private

-      BarTime : Cardinal;

-      ArrayStartModifier : integer;

-    public

-      aPlayerScoreScreenTextures   : array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenTexture;

-      aPlayerScoreScreenDatas      : array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenData;

-      aPlayerScoreScreenRatings    : array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreRatingPics;

-

-      BarScore_EaseOut_Step  : real;

-      BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step : real;

-      BarGolden_EaseOut_Step : real;

-

-      TextArtist:   integer;

-      TextTitle:    integer;

-

-      TextArtistTitle : integer;

-

-      TextName:             array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextScore:            array[1..6] of integer;

-

-      TextNotes:            array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextNotesScore:       array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextLineBonus:        array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextLineBonusScore:   array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextGoldenNotes:      array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextTotal:            array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextTotalScore:       array[1..6] of integer;

-

-      PlayerStatic:         array[1..6] of array of integer;

-      PlayerTexts :         array[1..6] of array of integer;

-

-

-      StaticBoxLightest:    array[1..6] of integer;

-      StaticBoxLight:       array[1..6] of integer;

-      StaticBoxDark:        array[1..6] of integer;

-

-      StaticBackLevel:        array[1..6] of integer;

-      StaticBackLevelRound:   array[1..6] of integer;

-      StaticLevel:            array[1..6] of integer;

-      StaticLevelRound:       array[1..6] of integer;

-

-      Animation:    real;

-

-      TextScore_ActualValue  : array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextPhrase_ActualValue : array[1..6] of integer;

-      TextGolden_ActualValue : array[1..6] of integer;

-

-

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure onShowFinish; override;

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);

-

-      procedure EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber : Integer; BarType: String);

-      procedure EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber : Integer; ScoreType: String);

-

-      procedure FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber : Integer; ScoreType: String);

-

-

-      procedure DrawBar(BarType:string; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);

-

-      //Rating Picture

-      procedure ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);

-        function  CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber : Integer): real;

-        procedure DrawRating(PlayerNumber:integer;Rating:integer);

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-

-uses UGraphic,

-     UScreenSong,

-     UMenuStatic,

-     UTime,

-     UMain,

-     UIni,

-     ULanguage;

-

-function TScreenScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then begin

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE,

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          FadeTo(@ScreenTop5);

-          Exit;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_SYSREQ:

-        begin

-          Display.SaveScreenShot;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenScore.Create;

-var

-  Player:  integer;

-  Counter: integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Score);

-

-  // These two texts arn't used in the deluxe skin

-  TextArtist      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtist);

-  TextTitle       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTitle);

-

-  TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtistTitle);

-

-  for Player := 1 to 6 do

-  begin

-    SetLength(PlayerStatic[Player], Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]));

-    SetLength(PlayerTexts[Player],  Length(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]));

-

-    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]) do

-      PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]);

-

-    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]) do

-      PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]       := AddText(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]);

-

-    TextName[Player]             := AddText(Theme.Score.TextName[Player]);

-    TextScore[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextScore[Player]);

-

-    TextNotes[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotes[Player]);

-    TextNotesScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotesScore[Player]);

-    TextLineBonus[Player]        := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonus[Player]);

-    TextLineBonusScore[Player]   := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonusScore[Player]);

-    TextGoldenNotes[Player]      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotes[Player]);

-    TextGoldenNotesScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[Player]);

-    TextTotal[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotal[Player]);

-    TextTotalScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotalScore[Player]);

-

-    StaticBoxLightest[Player]    := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[Player]);

-    StaticBoxLight[Player]       := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[Player]);

-    StaticBoxDark[Player]        := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[Player]);

-

-    StaticBackLevel[Player]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[Player]);

-    StaticBackLevelRound[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevelRound[Player]);

-    StaticLevel[Player]          := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevel[Player]);

-    StaticLevelRound[Player]     := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevelRound[Player]);

-

-    //textures

-    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[Player];

-    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[Player];

-

-    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[Player];

-    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[Player];

-

-    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[Player];

-    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[Player];

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenScore.onShow;

-var

-  P:    integer;  // player

-  I:    integer;

-  V:    array[1..6] of boolean; // visibility array

-

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  // all statics / texts are loaded at start - so that we have them all even if we change the amount of players

-  // To show the corrects statics / text from the them, we simply modify the start of the according arrays

-  // 1 Player -> Player[0].Score         (The score for one player starts at 0)

-  //          -> Statics[1]              (The statics for the one player screen start at 1)

-  // 2 Player -> Player[0..1].Score

-  //          -> Statics[2..3]

-  // 3 Player -> Player[0..5].Score

-  //          -> Statics[4..6]

-  case PlayersPlay of

-    1:    ArrayStartModifier := 0;

-    2, 4: ArrayStartModifier := 1;

-    3, 6: ArrayStartModifier := 3;

-  else

-    ArrayStartModifier := 0; //this should never happen

-  end;

-

-  for P := 1 to PlayersPlay do

-  begin

-    // data

-    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[P].Bar_Y                  := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[P + ArrayStartModifier].Y;

-

-    // ratings

-    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseStep         := 1;

-    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseValue        := 20;

-  end;

-

-

-  Text[TextArtist].Text      := CurrentSong.Artist;

-  Text[TextTitle].Text       := CurrentSong.Title;

-  Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title;

-

-  // set visibility

-  case PlayersPlay of

-    1:  begin

-          V[1] := true;

-          V[2] := false;

-          V[3] := false;

-          V[4] := false;

-          V[5] := false;

-          V[6] := false;

-        end;

-    2, 4:  begin

-          V[1] := false;

-          V[2] := true;

-          V[3] := true;

-          V[4] := false;

-          V[5] := false;

-          V[6] := false;

-        end;

-    3, 6:  begin

-          V[1] := false;

-          V[2] := false;

-          V[3] := false;

-          V[4] := true;

-          V[5] := true;

-          V[6] := true;

-        end;

-  end;

-

-  for P := 1 to 6 do

-  begin

-   Text[TextName[P]].Visible               := V[P];

-   Text[TextScore[P]].Visible              := V[P];

-

-    // We set alpha to 0 , so we can nicely blend them in when we need them

-    Text[TextScore[P]].Alpha                   := 0;

-    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;

-    Text[TextNotes[P]].Alpha                   := 0;

-    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Alpha               := 0;

-    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Alpha          := 0;

-    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Alpha             := 0;

-    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Alpha        := 0;

-    Text[TextTotal[P]].Alpha                   := 0;

-    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;

-    Static[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0;

-    Static[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture.Alpha    := 0;

-    Static[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture.Alpha     := 0;

-

-

-    Text[TextNotes[P]].Visible              := V[P];

-    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];

-    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Visible          := V[P];

-    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Visible     := V[P];

-    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Visible        := V[P];

-    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Visible   := V[P];

-    Text[TextTotal[P]].Visible              := V[P];

-    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];

-

-    for I := 0 to high(PlayerStatic[P]) do

-      Static[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Visible    := V[P];

-

-    for I := 0 to high(PlayerTexts[P]) do

-      Text[PlayerTexts[P, I]].Visible       := V[P];

-

-    Static[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Visible    := V[P];

-    Static[StaticBoxLight[P]].Visible       := V[P];

-    Static[StaticBoxDark[P]].Visible        := V[P];

-

-    // we draw that on our own

-    Static[StaticBackLevel[P]].Visible      := false;

-    Static[StaticBackLevelRound[P]].Visible := false;

-    Static[StaticLevel[P]].Visible          := false;

-    Static[StaticLevelRound[P]].Visible     := false;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenScore.onShowFinish;

-var

-  index : integer;

-begin

-  for index := 1 to (PlayersPlay) do

-    begin

-      TextScore_ActualValue[index]  := 0;

-      TextPhrase_ActualValue[index] := 0;

-      TextGolden_ActualValue[index] := 0;

-    end;

-

-  BarScore_EaseOut_Step  := 1;

-  BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := 1;

-  BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := 1;

-end;

-

-function TScreenScore.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  CurrentTime : Cardinal;

-  PlayerCounter : integer;

-begin

-

-  inherited Draw;

-{*

-  player[0].ScoreInt       := 7000;

-  player[0].ScoreLineInt   := 2000;

-  player[0].ScoreGoldenInt := 1000;

-  player[0].ScoreTotalInt  := 10000;

-

-  player[1].ScoreInt       := 2500;

-  player[1].ScoreLineInt   := 1100;

-  player[1].ScoreGoldenInt :=  900;

-  player[1].ScoreTotalInt  := 4500;

-*}

-  // Let's start to arise the bars

-  CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks();

-  if((CurrentTime >= BarTime) AND ShowFinish) then

-  begin

-    BarTime := CurrentTime + BarRaiseSpeed;

-

-    for PlayerCounter := 1 to PlayersPlay do

-    begin

-      // We actually arise them in the right order, but we have to draw them in reverse order (golden -> phrase -> mainscore)

-      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then

-        BarScore_EaseOut_Step:= BarScore_EaseOut_Step + 1;

-

-      // PhrasenBonus

-      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then

-      begin

-        if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then

-          BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step + 1;

-

-

-        // GoldenNotebonus

-        if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then

-        begin

-          if (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then

-            BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step + 1;

-

-          // Draw golden score bar #

-          EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter,  'Golden');

-          EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Golden');

-        end;

-

-        // Draw phrase score bar #

-        EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter,  'Line');

-        EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Line');

-      end;

-

-      // Draw plain score bar #

-      EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter,  'Note');

-      EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Note');

-

-

-      FillPlayerItems(PlayerCounter,'Funky');

-

-    end;

-  end;

-

-

-(*

-    //todo: i need a clever method to draw statics with their z value

-    for I := 0 to Length(Static) - 1 do

-      Static[I].Draw;

-    for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do

-      Text[I].Draw;

-*)

-end;

-

-procedure TscreenScore.FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber : Integer; ScoreType: String);

-var

-  ThemeIndex: integer;

-begin

-  // todo: take the name from player[PlayerNumber].Name instead of the ini when this is done (mog)

-  Text[TextName[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Text := Ini.Name[PlayerNumber - 1];

-  // end todo

-

-  ThemeIndex := PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier;

-

-  //golden

-  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text         := IntToStr(TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);

-  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha        := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  Static[StaticBoxLightest[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-  Text[TextGoldenNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha             := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  // line bonus

-  Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Text           := IntToStr(TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);

-  Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha          := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  Static[StaticBoxLight[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha    := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-  Text[TextLineBonus[ThemeIndex]].Alpha               := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  // plain score

-  Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);

-  Text[TextNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  Static[StaticBoxDark[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha     := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-  Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  // total score

-  Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);

-  Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);

-

-  if(BarGolden_EaseOut_Step > 100) then

-  begin

-    ShowRating(PlayerNumber);

-  end;

-end;

-

-

-procedure TScreenScore.ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);

-var

-  Rating : integer;

-  ThemeIndex : integer;

-begin

-

-  ThemeIndex := PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier;

-

-  case (Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreTotalInt) of

-   0..2009:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_TONE_DEAF');

-       Rating := 0;

-     end;

-   2010..4009:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_AMATEUR');

-       Rating := 1;

-     end;

-   4010..5009:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_WANNABE');

-       Rating := 2;

-     end;

-   5010..6009:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_HOPEFUL');

-       Rating := 3;

-     end;

-   6010..7509:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_RISING_STAR');

-       Rating := 4;

-     end;

-   7510..8509:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_LEAD_SINGER');

-       Rating := 5;

-     end;

-   8510..9009:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_SUPERSTAR');

-       Rating := 6;

-     end;

-   9010..10000:

-     begin

-       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_ULTRASTAR');

-       Rating := 7;

-     end;

-  else

-    Rating := 0; // Cheata :P

-  end;

-

-  //todo: this could break if the width is not given, for instance when there's a skin with no picture for ratings

-  if ( Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W > 0 ) AND  ( aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue > 0 ) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue / Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W;

-  end;

-  // end todo

-

-  DrawRating(PlayerNumber, Rating);

-end;

-

-procedure TscreenScore.DrawRating(PlayerNumber:integer;Rating:integer);

-var

-  Posx : real;

-  Posy : real;

-  Width :real;

-begin

-

-  CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber);

-

-  PosX := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].X + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W  * 0.5);

-  PosY := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].H  * 0.5); ;

-

-  Width := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue/2;

-

-  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexNum);

-

-  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-  glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    glTexCoord2f(0, 0);                                                           glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY - Width);

-    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, 0);                              glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY - Width);

-    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY + Width);

-    glTexCoord2f(0, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH);                              glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY + Width);

-  glEnd;

-

-  glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);

-end;

-

-

-

-function TscreenScore.CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber : Integer): real;

-var

-  ReturnValue : real;

-  p, s        : real;

-

-  RaiseStep, MaxVal  : real;

-  EaseOut_Step : integer;

-begin

-  EaseOut_Step  := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep;

-  MaxVal        := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W;

-

-  RaiseStep     := EaseOut_Step;

-

-  if (MaxVal > 0) AND (RaiseStep > 0) then

-    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / MaxVal;

-

-    if (RaiseStep = 1) then

-      begin

-        ReturnValue := MaxVal;

-      end

-    else

-      begin

-        p := MaxVal * 0.4;

-

-        s           := p/(2*PI) * arcsin (1);

-        ReturnValue := MaxVal * power(2,-5 * RaiseStep) * sin( (RaiseStep * MaxVal - s) * (2 * PI) / p) + MaxVal;

-

-        inc(aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep);

-        aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue := ReturnValue;

-      end;

-

-  Result := ReturnValue;

-end;

-

-

-procedure TscreenScore.EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber : Integer; BarType: String);

-const

-  RaiseSmoothness : integer = 100;

-var

-  MaxHeight       : real;

-  NewHeight       : real;

-

-  Height2Reach    : real;

-  RaiseStep       : real;

-  BarStartPosY    : single;

-

-  lTmp            : real;

-  Score           : integer;

-

-begin

-

-

-  MaxHeight    := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].H;

-

-  // let's get the points according to the bar we draw

-  // score array starts at 0, which means the score for player 1 is in score[0]

-  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps

-  if (BarType = 'Note') then

-    begin

-      Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreInt;

-      RaiseStep    := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;

-      BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y + MaxHeight;

-    end;

-  if (BarType = 'Line') then

-    begin

-      Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreLineInt;

-      RaiseStep    := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;

-      BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;

-    end;

-  if (BarType = 'Golden') then

-    begin

-      Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreGoldenInt;

-      RaiseStep    := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;

-      BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;

-    end;

-

-  // the height dependend of the score

-  Height2Reach := (Score / MAX_SONG_SCORE) * MaxHeight;

-

-    if (aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].Bar_Actual_Height < Height2Reach) then

-      begin

-      // Check http://proto.layer51.com/d.aspx?f=400 for more info on easing functions

-      // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps

-      RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;

-

-      // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity

-      // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion

-      lTmp := (-Height2Reach * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20) + BarStartPosY);

-

-      if ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) AND ( lTmp > 0 ) then

-        NewHeight := lTmp / RaiseSmoothness;

-

-      end

-    else

-      NewHeight := Height2Reach;

-

-  DrawBar(BarType, PlayerNumber, BarStartPosY, NewHeight);

-

-  if (BarType = 'Note') then

-    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight  := NewHeight;

-  if (BarType = 'Line') then

-    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight   := NewHeight;

-  if (BarType = 'Golden') then

-    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarGolden_ActualHeight := NewHeight;

-end;

-

-procedure TscreenScore.DrawBar(BarType:string; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);

-var

-  Width:real;

-  BarStartPosX:real;

-begin

-  // this is solely for better readability of the drawing

-  Width        := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W;

-  BarStartPosX := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].X;

-

-  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);

-

-  // set the texture for the bar

-  if (BarType = 'Note') then

-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark.TexNum);

-  if (BarType = 'Line') then

-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light.TexNum);

-  if (BarType = 'Golden') then

-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest.TexNum);

-

-  //draw it

-  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-  glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);

-    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);

-    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY,             ZBars);

-    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY,             ZBars);

-  glEnd;

-

-  glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);

-

-  //the round thing on top

-  if (BarType = 'Note') then

-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark.TexNum);

-  if (BarType = 'Line') then

-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Light.TexNum);

-  if (BarType = 'Golden') then

-    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest.TexNum);

-

-  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-  glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-

-  glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         (BarStartPosY - Static[StaticLevelRound[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);

-    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, (BarStartPosY - Static[StaticLevelRound[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);

-    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width,  BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);

-    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,          BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);

-  glEnd;

-

-  glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenScore.EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType : String);

-const

-  RaiseSmoothness : integer = 100;

-var

-  RaiseStep    : Real;

-  lTmpA        : Real;

-  ScoreReached :Integer;

-  EaseOut_Step :Real;

-  ActualScoreValue:integer;

-begin

-  if (ScoreType = 'Note') then

-  begin

-    EaseOut_Step     := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;

-    ActualScoreValue := TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];

-    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreInt;

-  end;

-  if (ScoreType = 'Line') then

-  begin

-    EaseOut_Step     := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;

-    ActualScoreValue := TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];

-    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreLineInt;

-  end;

-  if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then

-  begin

-    EaseOut_Step     := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;

-    ActualScoreValue := TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];

-    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreGoldenInt;

-  end;

-

-  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps

-  RaiseStep := EaseOut_Step;

-

-  if (ActualScoreValue < ScoreReached) then

-  begin

-    // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps

-    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;

-

-    // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity

-    // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion

-    lTmpA := (-ScoreReached * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20));

-    if ( lTmpA           > 0 ) AND

-       ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) then

-    begin

-      if (ScoreType = 'Note') then

-        TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]  := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);

-      if (ScoreType = 'Line') then

-        TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);

-      if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then

-        TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);

-    end;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    if (ScoreType = 'Note') then

-      TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]    := ScoreReached;

-    if (ScoreType = 'Line') then

-      TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;

-    if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then

-      TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenScore.FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);

-var

-  S:    string;

-begin

-  Text[TextName[Item]].Text := Ini.Name[P];

-

-  S := IntToStr((Round(Player[P].Score) div 10) * 10);

-  while (Length(S)<4) do

-    S := '0' + S;

-  Text[TextNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;

-

-  //  while (Length(S)<5) do S := '0' + S;

-  //  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;

-

-  //fixed: line bonus and golden notes don't show up,

-  //       another bug: total score was shown without added golden-, linebonus

-  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreTotalInt);

-  while (Length(S)<5) do

-    S := '0' + S;

-  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;

-

-  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreLineInt);

-  while (Length(S)<4) do

-    S := '0' + S;

-  Text[TextLineBonusScore[Item]].Text := S;

-

-  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreGoldenInt);

-  while (Length(S)<4) do

-    S := '0' + S;

-  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;

-  //end of fix

-

-

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenScore;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  USongs,
+  UThemes,
+  gl,
+  math,
+  UTexture;
+
+const
+  ZBars            : real = 0.8; // Z value for the bars
+  ZRatingPic       : real = 0.8; // Z value for the rating pictures
+
+  EaseOut_MaxSteps : real = 40;  // that's the speed of the bars (10 is fast | 100 is slower)
+
+  BarRaiseSpeed    : cardinal = 0; // Time for raising the bar one step higher (in ms)
+
+type
+  TPlayerScoreScreenTexture = record            // holds all colorized textures for up to 6 players
+    //Bar textures
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     : TTexture;     // Note
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     : TTexture;     // that's the round thing on top
+
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    : TTexture;     // LineBonus | Phrasebonus
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Light    : TTexture;
+
+    Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest : TTexture;     // GoldenNotes
+    Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest : TTexture;
+  end;
+
+  TPlayerScoreScreenData = record               // holds the positions and other data
+    Bar_Y      :Real;
+    Bar_Actual_Height      : Real;              // this one holds the actual height of the bar, while we animate it
+    BarScore_ActualHeight  : Real;
+    BarLine_ActualHeight   : Real;
+    BarGolden_ActualHeight : Real;
+  end;
+
+  TPlayerScoreRatingPics = record               // a fine array of the rating pictures
+    RateEaseStep : Integer;
+    RateEaseValue: Real;
+  end;
+
+  TScreenScore = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      BarTime : Cardinal;
+      ArrayStartModifier : integer;
+    public
+      aPlayerScoreScreenTextures   : array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenTexture;
+      aPlayerScoreScreenDatas      : array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreScreenData;
+      aPlayerScoreScreenRatings    : array[1..6] of TPlayerScoreRatingPics;
+
+      BarScore_EaseOut_Step  : real;
+      BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step : real;
+      BarGolden_EaseOut_Step : real;
+
+      TextArtist:   integer;
+      TextTitle:    integer;
+
+      TextArtistTitle : integer;
+
+      TextName:             array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextScore:            array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      TextNotes:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextNotesScore:       array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextLineBonus:        array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextLineBonusScore:   array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGoldenNotes:      array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextTotal:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextTotalScore:       array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      PlayerStatic:         array[1..6] of array of integer;
+      PlayerTexts :         array[1..6] of array of integer;
+
+
+      StaticBoxLightest:    array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBoxLight:       array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBoxDark:        array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      StaticBackLevel:        array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticBackLevelRound:   array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticLevel:            array[1..6] of integer;
+      StaticLevelRound:       array[1..6] of integer;
+
+      Animation:    real;
+
+      TextScore_ActualValue  : array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue : array[1..6] of integer;
+      TextGolden_ActualValue : array[1..6] of integer;
+
+
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure onShowFinish; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);
+
+      procedure EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber : Integer; BarType: String);
+      procedure EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber : Integer; ScoreType: String);
+
+      procedure FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber : Integer; ScoreType: String);
+
+
+      procedure DrawBar(BarType:string; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);
+
+      //Rating Picture
+      procedure ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);
+        function  CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber : Integer): real;
+        procedure DrawRating(PlayerNumber:integer;Rating:integer);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+
+uses UGraphic,
+     UScreenSong,
+     UMenuStatic,
+     UTime,
+     UMain,
+     UIni,
+     ULanguage;
+
+function TScreenScore.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then begin
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE,
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenTop5);
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SYSREQ:
+        begin
+          Display.SaveScreenShot;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenScore.Create;
+var
+  Player:  integer;
+  Counter: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Score);
+
+  // These two texts arn't used in the deluxe skin
+  TextArtist      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtist);
+  TextTitle       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTitle);
+
+  TextArtistTitle := AddText(Theme.Score.TextArtistTitle);
+
+  for Player := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    SetLength(PlayerStatic[Player], Length(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]));
+    SetLength(PlayerTexts[Player],  Length(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]));
+
+    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player]) do
+      PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.PlayerStatic[Player, Counter]);
+
+    for Counter := 0 to High(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player]) do
+      PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]       := AddText(Theme.Score.PlayerTexts[Player, Counter]);
+
+    TextName[Player]             := AddText(Theme.Score.TextName[Player]);
+    TextScore[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextScore[Player]);
+
+    TextNotes[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotes[Player]);
+    TextNotesScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextNotesScore[Player]);
+    TextLineBonus[Player]        := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonus[Player]);
+    TextLineBonusScore[Player]   := AddText(Theme.Score.TextLineBonusScore[Player]);
+    TextGoldenNotes[Player]      := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotes[Player]);
+    TextGoldenNotesScore[Player] := AddText(Theme.Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[Player]);
+    TextTotal[Player]            := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotal[Player]);
+    TextTotalScore[Player]       := AddText(Theme.Score.TextTotalScore[Player]);
+
+    StaticBoxLightest[Player]    := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLightest[Player]);
+    StaticBoxLight[Player]       := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxLight[Player]);
+    StaticBoxDark[Player]        := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBoxDark[Player]);
+
+    StaticBackLevel[Player]      := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[Player]);
+    StaticBackLevelRound[Player] := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticBackLevelRound[Player]);
+    StaticLevel[Player]          := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevel[Player]);
+    StaticLevelRound[Player]     := AddStatic(Theme.Score.StaticLevelRound[Player]);
+
+    //textures
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark     := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[Player];
+
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Light    := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[Player];
+
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[Player];
+    aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[Player].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest := Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[Player];
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.onShow;
+var
+  P:    integer;  // player
+  I:    integer;
+  V:    array[1..6] of boolean; // visibility array
+
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  // all statics / texts are loaded at start - so that we have them all even if we change the amount of players
+  // To show the corrects statics / text from the them, we simply modify the start of the according arrays
+  // 1 Player -> Player[0].Score         (The score for one player starts at 0)
+  //          -> Statics[1]              (The statics for the one player screen start at 1)
+  // 2 Player -> Player[0..1].Score
+  //          -> Statics[2..3]
+  // 3 Player -> Player[0..5].Score
+  //          -> Statics[4..6]
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:    ArrayStartModifier := 0;
+    2, 4: ArrayStartModifier := 1;
+    3, 6: ArrayStartModifier := 3;
+  else
+    ArrayStartModifier := 0; //this should never happen
+  end;
+
+  for P := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+  begin
+    // data
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[P].Bar_Y                  := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[P + ArrayStartModifier].Y;
+
+    // ratings
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseStep         := 1;
+    aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[P].RateEaseValue        := 20;
+  end;
+
+
+  Text[TextArtist].Text      := CurrentSong.Artist;
+  Text[TextTitle].Text       := CurrentSong.Title;
+  Text[TextArtistTitle].Text := CurrentSong.Artist + ' - ' + CurrentSong.Title;
+
+  // set visibility
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:  begin
+          V[1] := true;
+          V[2] := false;
+          V[3] := false;
+          V[4] := false;
+          V[5] := false;
+          V[6] := false;
+        end;
+    2, 4:  begin
+          V[1] := false;
+          V[2] := true;
+          V[3] := true;
+          V[4] := false;
+          V[5] := false;
+          V[6] := false;
+        end;
+    3, 6:  begin
+          V[1] := false;
+          V[2] := false;
+          V[3] := false;
+          V[4] := true;
+          V[5] := true;
+          V[6] := true;
+        end;
+  end;
+
+  for P := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+   Text[TextName[P]].Visible               := V[P];
+   Text[TextScore[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+
+    // We set alpha to 0 , so we can nicely blend them in when we need them
+    Text[TextScore[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;
+    Text[TextNotes[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Alpha               := 0;
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Alpha          := 0;
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Alpha             := 0;
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Alpha        := 0;
+    Text[TextTotal[P]].Alpha                   := 0;
+    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Alpha              := 0;
+    Static[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Texture.Alpha := 0;
+    Static[StaticBoxLight[P]].Texture.Alpha    := 0;
+    Static[StaticBoxDark[P]].Texture.Alpha     := 0;
+
+
+    Text[TextNotes[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+    Text[TextNotesScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];
+    Text[TextLineBonus[P]].Visible          := V[P];
+    Text[TextLineBonusScore[P]].Visible     := V[P];
+    Text[TextGoldenNotes[P]].Visible        := V[P];
+    Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[P]].Visible   := V[P];
+    Text[TextTotal[P]].Visible              := V[P];
+    Text[TextTotalScore[P]].Visible         := V[P];
+
+    for I := 0 to high(PlayerStatic[P]) do
+      Static[PlayerStatic[P, I]].Visible    := V[P];
+
+    for I := 0 to high(PlayerTexts[P]) do
+      Text[PlayerTexts[P, I]].Visible       := V[P];
+
+    Static[StaticBoxLightest[P]].Visible    := V[P];
+    Static[StaticBoxLight[P]].Visible       := V[P];
+    Static[StaticBoxDark[P]].Visible        := V[P];
+
+    // we draw that on our own
+    Static[StaticBackLevel[P]].Visible      := false;
+    Static[StaticBackLevelRound[P]].Visible := false;
+    Static[StaticLevel[P]].Visible          := false;
+    Static[StaticLevelRound[P]].Visible     := false;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.onShowFinish;
+var
+  index : integer;
+begin
+  for index := 1 to (PlayersPlay) do
+    begin
+      TextScore_ActualValue[index]  := 0;
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue[index] := 0;
+      TextGolden_ActualValue[index] := 0;
+    end;
+
+  BarScore_EaseOut_Step  := 1;
+  BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := 1;
+  BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := 1;
+end;
+
+function TScreenScore.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  CurrentTime : Cardinal;
+  PlayerCounter : integer;
+begin
+
+  inherited Draw;
+{*
+  player[0].ScoreInt       := 7000;
+  player[0].ScoreLineInt   := 2000;
+  player[0].ScoreGoldenInt := 1000;
+  player[0].ScoreTotalInt  := 10000;
+
+  player[1].ScoreInt       := 2500;
+  player[1].ScoreLineInt   := 1100;
+  player[1].ScoreGoldenInt :=  900;
+  player[1].ScoreTotalInt  := 4500;
+*}
+  // Let's start to arise the bars
+  CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+  if((CurrentTime >= BarTime) AND ShowFinish) then
+  begin
+    BarTime := CurrentTime + BarRaiseSpeed;
+
+    for PlayerCounter := 1 to PlayersPlay do
+    begin
+      // We actually arise them in the right order, but we have to draw them in reverse order (golden -> phrase -> mainscore)
+      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+        BarScore_EaseOut_Step:= BarScore_EaseOut_Step + 1;
+
+      // PhrasenBonus
+      if (BarScore_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then
+      begin
+        if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+          BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step + 1;
+
+
+        // GoldenNotebonus
+        if (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step >= (EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10)) then
+        begin
+          if (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step < EaseOut_MaxSteps * 10) then
+            BarGolden_EaseOut_Step := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step + 1;
+
+          // Draw golden score bar #
+          EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter,  'Golden');
+          EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Golden');
+        end;
+
+        // Draw phrase score bar #
+        EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter,  'Line');
+        EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Line');
+      end;
+
+      // Draw plain score bar #
+      EaseBarIn(PlayerCounter,  'Note');
+      EaseScoreIn(PlayerCounter,'Note');
+
+
+      FillPlayerItems(PlayerCounter,'Funky');
+
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+(*
+    //todo: i need a clever method to draw statics with their z value
+    for I := 0 to Length(Static) - 1 do
+      Static[I].Draw;
+    for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do
+      Text[I].Draw;
+*)
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.FillPlayerItems(PlayerNumber : Integer; ScoreType: String);
+var
+  ThemeIndex: integer;
+begin
+  // todo: take the name from player[PlayerNumber].Name instead of the ini when this is done (mog)
+  Text[TextName[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Text := Ini.Name[PlayerNumber - 1];
+  // end todo
+
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier;
+
+  //golden
+  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text         := IntToStr(TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha        := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  Static[StaticBoxLightest[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+  Text[TextGoldenNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha             := (BarGolden_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  // line bonus
+  Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Text           := IntToStr(TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+  Text[TextLineBonusScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha          := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  Static[StaticBoxLight[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha    := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+  Text[TextLineBonus[ThemeIndex]].Alpha               := (BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  // plain score
+  Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+  Text[TextNotes[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  Static[StaticBoxDark[ThemeIndex]].Texture.Alpha     := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+  Text[TextNotesScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  // total score
+  Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Text               := IntToStr(TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] + TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]);
+  Text[TextTotalScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha              := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  Text[TextTotal[ThemeIndex]].Alpha                   := (BarScore_EaseOut_Step / 100);
+
+  if(BarGolden_EaseOut_Step > 100) then
+  begin
+    ShowRating(PlayerNumber);
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TScreenScore.ShowRating(PlayerNumber: integer);
+var
+  Rating : integer;
+  ThemeIndex : integer;
+begin
+
+  ThemeIndex := PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier;
+
+  case (Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreTotalInt) of
+   0..2009:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_TONE_DEAF');
+       Rating := 0;
+     end;
+   2010..4009:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_AMATEUR');
+       Rating := 1;
+     end;
+   4010..5009:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_WANNABE');
+       Rating := 2;
+     end;
+   5010..6009:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_HOPEFUL');
+       Rating := 3;
+     end;
+   6010..7509:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_RISING_STAR');
+       Rating := 4;
+     end;
+   7510..8509:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_LEAD_SINGER');
+       Rating := 5;
+     end;
+   8510..9009:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_SUPERSTAR');
+       Rating := 6;
+     end;
+   9010..10000:
+     begin
+       Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Text := Language.Translate('SING_SCORE_ULTRASTAR');
+       Rating := 7;
+     end;
+  else
+    Rating := 0; // Cheata :P
+  end;
+
+  //todo: this could break if the width is not given, for instance when there's a skin with no picture for ratings
+  if ( Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W > 0 ) AND  ( aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue > 0 ) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScore[ThemeIndex]].Alpha := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue / Theme.Score.StaticRatings[ThemeIndex].W;
+  end;
+  // end todo
+
+  DrawRating(PlayerNumber, Rating);
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.DrawRating(PlayerNumber:integer;Rating:integer);
+var
+  Posx : real;
+  Posy : real;
+  Width :real;
+begin
+
+  CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber);
+
+  PosX := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].X + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W  * 0.5);
+  PosY := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y + (Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].H  * 0.5); ;
+
+  Width := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue/2;
+
+  glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexNum);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0);                                                           glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY - Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, 0);                              glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY - Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexW, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(PosX + Width,  PosY + Width);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, Tex_Score_Ratings[Rating].TexH);                              glVertex2f(PosX - Width,  PosY + Width);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+end;
+
+
+
+function TscreenScore.CalculateBouncing(PlayerNumber : Integer): real;
+var
+  ReturnValue : real;
+  p, s        : real;
+
+  RaiseStep, MaxVal  : real;
+  EaseOut_Step : integer;
+begin
+  EaseOut_Step  := aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep;
+  MaxVal        := Theme.Score.StaticRatings[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W;
+
+  RaiseStep     := EaseOut_Step;
+
+  if (MaxVal > 0) AND (RaiseStep > 0) then
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / MaxVal;
+
+    if (RaiseStep = 1) then
+      begin
+        ReturnValue := MaxVal;
+      end
+    else
+      begin
+        p := MaxVal * 0.4;
+
+        s           := p/(2*PI) * arcsin (1);
+        ReturnValue := MaxVal * power(2,-5 * RaiseStep) * sin( (RaiseStep * MaxVal - s) * (2 * PI) / p) + MaxVal;
+
+        inc(aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseStep);
+        aPlayerScoreScreenRatings[PlayerNumber].RateEaseValue := ReturnValue;
+      end;
+
+  Result := ReturnValue;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TscreenScore.EaseBarIn(PlayerNumber : Integer; BarType: String);
+const
+  RaiseSmoothness : integer = 100;
+var
+  MaxHeight       : real;
+  NewHeight       : real;
+
+  Height2Reach    : real;
+  RaiseStep       : real;
+  BarStartPosY    : single;
+
+  lTmp            : real;
+  Score           : integer;
+
+begin
+
+
+  MaxHeight    := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].H;
+
+  // let's get the points according to the bar we draw
+  // score array starts at 0, which means the score for player 1 is in score[0]
+  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps
+  if (BarType = 'Note') then
+    begin
+      Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreInt;
+      RaiseStep    := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;
+      BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y + MaxHeight;
+    end;
+  if (BarType = 'Line') then
+    begin
+      Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreLineInt;
+      RaiseStep    := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;
+      BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;
+    end;
+  if (BarType = 'Golden') then
+    begin
+      Score        := Player[PlayerNumber - 1].ScoreGoldenInt;
+      RaiseStep    := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;
+      BarStartPosY := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].Y - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight - aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight + MaxHeight;
+    end;
+
+  // the height dependend of the score
+  Height2Reach := (Score / MAX_SONG_SCORE) * MaxHeight;
+
+    if (aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].Bar_Actual_Height < Height2Reach) then
+      begin
+      // Check http://proto.layer51.com/d.aspx?f=400 for more info on easing functions
+      // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps
+      RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;
+
+      // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity
+      // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion
+      lTmp := (-Height2Reach * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20) + BarStartPosY);
+
+      if ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) AND ( lTmp > 0 ) then
+        NewHeight := lTmp / RaiseSmoothness;
+
+      end
+    else
+      NewHeight := Height2Reach;
+
+  DrawBar(BarType, PlayerNumber, BarStartPosY, NewHeight);
+
+  if (BarType = 'Note') then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarScore_ActualHeight  := NewHeight;
+  if (BarType = 'Line') then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarLine_ActualHeight   := NewHeight;
+  if (BarType = 'Golden') then
+    aPlayerScoreScreenDatas[PlayerNumber].BarGolden_ActualHeight := NewHeight;
+end;
+
+procedure TscreenScore.DrawBar(BarType:string; PlayerNumber: integer; BarStartPosY: single; NewHeight: real);
+var
+  Width:real;
+  BarStartPosX:real;
+begin
+  // this is solely for better readability of the drawing
+  Width        := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].W;
+  BarStartPosX := Theme.Score.StaticBackLevel[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier].X;
+
+  glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+  // set the texture for the bar
+  if (BarType = 'Note') then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = 'Line') then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Light.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = 'Golden') then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest.TexNum);
+
+  //draw it
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, BarStartPosY,             ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         BarStartPosY,             ZBars);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+
+  //the round thing on top
+  if (BarType = 'Note') then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Dark.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = 'Line') then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Light.TexNum);
+  if (BarType = 'Golden') then
+    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, aPlayerScoreScreenTextures[PlayerNumber].Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest.TexNum);
+
+  glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,         (BarStartPosY - Static[StaticLevelRound[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width, (BarStartPosY - Static[StaticLevelRound[PlayerNumber + ArrayStartModifier]].Texture.h) - NewHeight, ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX + Width,  BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);
+    glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex3f(BarStartPosX,          BarStartPosY - NewHeight,                                                     ZBars);
+  glEnd;
+
+  glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2d);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.EaseScoreIn(PlayerNumber: integer; ScoreType : String);
+const
+  RaiseSmoothness : integer = 100;
+var
+  RaiseStep    : Real;
+  lTmpA        : Real;
+  ScoreReached :Integer;
+  EaseOut_Step :Real;
+  ActualScoreValue:integer;
+begin
+  if (ScoreType = 'Note') then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarScore_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreInt;
+  end;
+  if (ScoreType = 'Line') then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarPhrase_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreLineInt;
+  end;
+  if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then
+  begin
+    EaseOut_Step     := BarGolden_EaseOut_Step;
+    ActualScoreValue := TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber];
+    ScoreReached     := Player[PlayerNumber-1].ScoreGoldenInt;
+  end;
+
+  // EaseOut_Step is the actual step in the raising process, like the 20iest step of EaseOut_MaxSteps
+  RaiseStep := EaseOut_Step;
+
+  if (ActualScoreValue < ScoreReached) then
+  begin
+    // Calculate the actual step according to the maxsteps
+    RaiseStep := RaiseStep / EaseOut_MaxSteps;
+
+    // quadratic easing out - decelerating to zero velocity
+    // -end_position * current_time * ( current_time - 2 ) + start_postion
+    lTmpA := (-ScoreReached * RaiseStep * (RaiseStep - 20));
+    if ( lTmpA           > 0 ) AND
+       ( RaiseSmoothness > 0 ) then
+    begin
+      if (ScoreType = 'Note') then
+        TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]  := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+      if (ScoreType = 'Line') then
+        TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+      if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then
+        TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber] := floor( lTmpA / RaiseSmoothness);
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    if (ScoreType = 'Note') then
+      TextScore_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]    := ScoreReached;
+    if (ScoreType = 'Line') then
+      TextPhrase_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;
+    if (ScoreType = 'Golden') then
+      TextGolden_ActualValue[PlayerNumber]   := ScoreReached;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenScore.FillPlayer(Item, P: integer);
+var
+  S:    string;
+begin
+  Text[TextName[Item]].Text := Ini.Name[P];
+
+  S := IntToStr((Round(Player[P].Score) div 10) * 10);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  //  while (Length(S)<5) do S := '0' + S;
+  //  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  //fixed: line bonus and golden notes don't show up,
+  //       another bug: total score was shown without added golden-, linebonus
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreTotalInt);
+  while (Length(S)<5) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextTotalScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreLineInt);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextLineBonusScore[Item]].Text := S;
+
+  S := IntToStr(Player[P].ScoreGoldenInt);
+  while (Length(S)<4) do
+    S := '0' + S;
+  Text[TextGoldenNotesScore[Item]].Text := S;
+  //end of fix
+
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas
index ad07a081..3dc90da3 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas
@@ -1,1439 +1,1439 @@
-unit UScreenSing;

-

-interface

-

-{$IFDEF FPC}

-  {$MODE Delphi}

-{$ENDIF}

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-

-uses UMenu,

-     UMusic,

-     SDL,

-     SysUtils,

-     UFiles,

-     UTime,

-     USongs,

-     UIni,

-     ULog,

-     UTexture,

-     ULyrics,

-     TextGL,

-     gl,

-     UThemes,

-     //ULCD, //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-     UGraphicClasses,

-     USingScores;

-

-type

-  TScreenSing = class(TMenu)

-    protected

-      paused: boolean; //Pause Mod

-      NumEmptySentences: integer;

-    public

-      //TextTime:           integer;

-

-      // TimeBar fields

-      StaticTimeProgress:  integer;

-      TextTimeText:        integer;

-

-      StaticP1:           integer;

-      TextP1:             integer;

-      {StaticP1ScoreBG:    integer;

-      TextP1Score:        integer;}

-

-      {//moveable singbar mod

-      StaticP1SingBar:         integer;

-      StaticP1ThreePSingBar:   integer;

-      StaticP1TwoPSingBar:     integer;

-      StaticP2RSingBar:        integer;

-      StaticP2MSingBar:        integer;

-      StaticP3SingBar:         integer;

-      //eoa moveable singbar }

-

-      //Added for ps3 skin

-      //shown when game is in 2/4 player modus

-      StaticP1TwoP:           integer;

-      TextP1TwoP:             integer;

-

-      {StaticP1TwoPScoreBG:    integer;

-      TextP1TwoPScore:        integer;}

-      //shown when game is in 3/6 player modus

-      StaticP1ThreeP:           integer;

-      TextP1ThreeP:             integer;

-

-      {TextP1ThreePScore:        integer;

-      StaticP1ThreePScoreBG:    integer;  }

-      //eoa

-

-      StaticP2R:          integer;

-      TextP2R:            integer;

-

-      {StaticP2RScoreBG:   integer;

-      TextP2RScore:       integer;}

-

-      StaticP2M:          integer;

-      TextP2M:            integer;

-

-      {StaticP2MScoreBG:   integer;

-      TextP2MScore:       integer; }

-

-      StaticP3R:          integer;

-      TextP3R:            integer;

-

-      {StaticP3RScoreBG:   integer;

-      TextP3RScore:       integer;}

-      StaticPausePopup:   integer;

-

-      Tex_Background:     TTexture;

-      FadeOut:            boolean;

-      //LyricMain:          TLyric;

-      //LyricSub:           TLyric;

-      Lyrics:             TLyricEngine;

-

-      //Score Manager:

-      Scores: TSingScores;

-

-      fShowVisualization          : boolean;

-      fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine : IVideoPlayback;

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure   onShow; override;

-      procedure   onShowFinish; override;

-

-      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      function    Draw: boolean; override;

-

-      procedure   Finish; virtual;

-      //procedure   UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-      procedure   Pause; //Pause Mod(Toggles Pause)

-

-      procedure   OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);     //OnSentenceEnd for LineBonus + Singbar

-      procedure   OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);  //OnSentenceChange (for Golden Notes)

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic,

-     UDraw,

-     UMain,

-     USong,

-     Classes,

-     URecord,

-     ULanguage,

-     math;

-

-// Method for input parsing. If False is returned, GetNextWindow

-// should be checked to know the next window to load;

-function TScreenSing.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          //When not ask before Exit then Finish now

-          if (Ini.AskbeforeDel <> 1) then

-            Finish

-          //else just Pause and let the Popup make the Work

-          else if not paused then

-            Pause;

-

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-      'V': //Show Visualization

-        begin

-          fShowVisualization := not fShowVisualization;

-

-          if fShowVisualization then

-            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := Visualization

-          else

-            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;

-

-          if fShowVisualization then

-            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.play;

-

-          Exit;  

-        end;

-      'P':

-        begin

-          Pause;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          //Record Sound Hack:

-          //Sound[0].BufferLong

-

-          Finish;

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          FadeTo(@ScreenScore);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_SPACE:

-        begin

-          Pause;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_TAB: //Change Visualization Preset

-        begin

-          if fShowVisualization then

-            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Position := now; // move to a random position

-        end;

-        

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-        end;

-

-      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,

-      // but I don't want to declare variables inside

-      // functions like this one, called so many times

-      SDLK_DOWN :

-        begin

-        end;

-      SDLK_UP :

-        begin

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//Pause Mod

-procedure TScreenSing.Pause;

-begin

-  if not paused then  //enable Pause

-    begin

-      // pause Time

-      Paused    := true;

-

-      LineState.Pause();

-

-      // pause Music

-      AudioPlayback.Pause;

-

-      // pause Video

-      if (CurrentSong.Video <> '') and FileExists(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video) then

-        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Pause;

-

-    end

-  else              //disable Pause

-    begin

-      LineState.Resume();

-

-      // Position of Music

-      // FIXME: remove this and provide LineState.CurrentTime as sync-source instead

-      // so every stream can synch itself

-      AudioPlayback.Position := LineState.CurrentTime;

-

-      // Play Music

-      AudioPlayback.Play;

-

-      // Video

-      if (CurrentSong.Video <> '') and FileExists(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video) then

-        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Pause;

-

-      Paused := false;

-    end;

-end;

-//Pause Mod End

-

-constructor TScreenSing.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-  P:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  fShowVisualization := false;

-  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;

-

-

-  //Create Score Class

-  Scores := TSingScores.Create;

-  Scores.LoadfromTheme;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Sing);

-

-  //TimeBar

-  StaticTimeProgress    := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress);

-  TextTimeText          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextTimeText);

-

-// 1 player       | P1

-  StaticP1              := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1);

-  TextP1                := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1);

-

-  {StaticP1ScoreBG       := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG);

-  TextP1Score           := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);

-  StaticP1SingBar       := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar);}

-

-// 2 or 4 players | P1

-  StaticP1TwoP          := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoP);

-  TextP1TwoP            := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoP);

-

-  {StaticP1TwoPScoreBG   := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG);

-  TextP1TwoPScore       := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);

-  StaticP1TwoPSingBar   := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar);}

-

-  //              | P2

-  StaticP2R             := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2R);

-  TextP2R               := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2R);

-

-  {StaticP2RScoreBG      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG);

-  TextP2RScore          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);

-  StaticP2RSingBar      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar); }

-

-// 3 or 6 players | P1

-  StaticP1ThreeP        := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreeP);

-  TextP1ThreeP          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreeP);

-

-  {StaticP1ThreePScoreBG := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG);

-  TextP1ThreePScore     := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);

-  StaticP1ThreePSingBar := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar);}

-

-  //              | P2

-  StaticP2M             := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2M);

-  TextP2M               := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2M);

-

-  {StaticP2MScoreBG      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG);

-  TextP2MScore          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);

-  StaticP2MSingBar      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar);}

-

-  //              | P3

-  StaticP3R             := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3R);

-  TextP3R               := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3R);

-

-  {StaticP3RScoreBG      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG);

-  TextP3RScore          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);

-  StaticP3SingBar       := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3SingBar);}

-

-  StaticPausePopup      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.PausePopUp);

-  Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false; //Pausepopup is not visibile at the beginning

-

-  if ScreenAct = 2 then begin

-      // katze und affe

-

-    end;

-

-  Lyrics := TLyricEngine.Create(80,Skin_LyricsT,640,12,80,Skin_LyricsT+36,640,12);

-

-  if assigned( fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine ) then

-    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Init();

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSing.onShow;

-var

-  P:        integer;

-  V1:       boolean;

-  V1TwoP:   boolean; //added for ps3 skin

-  V1ThreeP: boolean; //added for ps3 skin

-  V2R:      boolean;

-  V2M:      boolean;

-  V3R:      boolean;

-  NR:       TRecR; //Line Bonus Mod

-

-  Color: TRGB;

-

-  success:  boolean;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  Log.LogStatus('Begin', 'onShow');

-  FadeOut := false;

-

-  // reset video playback engine, to play Video Clip...

-  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;

-

-  // setup score manager

-  Scores.ClearPlayers; // clear old player values

-  Color.R := 0; Color.G := 0; Color.B := 0; // dummy atm

-

-  // add new players

-  for P := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do

-  begin

-    Scores.AddPlayer(Tex_ScoreBG[P], Color);

-  end;

-

-  Scores.Init; //Get Positions for Players

-

-

-

-  // prepare players

-  SetLength(Player, PlayersPlay);

-  //Player[0].ScoreTotalInt := 0;

-

-  case PlayersPlay of

-    1:  begin

-          V1       := true;

-          V1TwoP   := false;

-          V1ThreeP := false;

-          V2R      := false;

-          V2M      := false;

-          V3R      := false;

-        end;

-    2:  begin

-          V1       := false;

-          V1TwoP   := true;

-          V1ThreeP := false;

-          V2R      := true;

-          V2M      := false;

-          V3R      := false;

-        end;

-    3:  begin

-          V1       := false;

-          V1TwoP   := false;

-          V1ThreeP := true;

-          V2R      := false;

-          V2M      := true;

-          V3R      := true;

-        end;

-    4:  begin // double screen

-          V1       := false;

-          V1TwoP   := true;

-          V1ThreeP := false;

-          V2R      := true;

-          V2M      := false;

-          V3R      := false;

-        end;

-    6:  begin // double screen

-          V1       := false;

-          V1TwoP   := false;

-          V1ThreeP := true; 

-          V2R      := false;

-          V2M      := true;

-          V3R      := true;

-        end;

-

-  end;

-

-  //This one is shown in 1P mode

-  Static[StaticP1].Visible              := V1;

-  Text[TextP1].Visible                  := V1;

-

-  {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Visible       := V1;

-  Text[TextP1Score].Visible             := V1;}

-

-

-  //This one is shown in 2/4P mode

-  Static[StaticP1TwoP].Visible          := V1TwoP;

-  Text[TextP1TwoP].Visible              := V1TwoP;

-

-  {Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Visible   := V1TwoP;

-  Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Visible         := V1TwoP;}

-

-  Static[StaticP2R].Visible             := V2R;

-  Text[TextP2R].Visible                 := V2R;

-

-  {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Visible      := V2R;

-  Text[TextP2RScore].Visible            := V2R;  }

-

-

-  //This one is shown in 3/6P mode

-  Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Visible        := V1ThreeP;

-  Text[TextP1ThreeP].Visible            := V1ThreeP;

-

-  {Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Visible := V1ThreeP;

-  Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Visible       := V1ThreeP; }

-

-  Static[StaticP2M].Visible             := V2M;

-  Text[TextP2M].Visible                 := V2M;

-

-  {Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Visible      := V2M;

-  Text[TextP2MScore].Visible            := V2M; }

-

-  Static[StaticP3R].Visible             := V3R;

-  Text[TextP3R].Visible                 := V3R;

-

-  {Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Visible      := V3R;

-  Text[TextP3RScore].Visible            := V3R; }

-

-  // FIXME: sets Path and Filename to ''

-  ResetSingTemp;

-

-  CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected];

-

-  // FIXME: bad style, put the try-except into LoadSong() and not here

-  try

-    // Check if file is XML

-    if copy(CurrentSong.FileName,length(CurrentSong.FileName)-3,4) = '.xml'

-     then success := CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong()

-     else success := CurrentSong.LoadSong();

-  except

-    success := false;

-  end;

-

-  if (not success) then

-  begin

-    // error loading song -> go back to song screen and show some error message

-    FadeTo(@ScreenSong);

-    // select new song in party mode

-    if ScreenSong.Mode = smPartyMode then

-      ScreenSong.SelectRandomSong();

-    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));

-    // FIXME: do we need this?

-    CurrentSong.Path := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected].Path;

-    Exit;

-  end;

-

-

-

-  // reset video playback engine, to play video clip...

-

-  Visualization.Init();

-

-  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;

-  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;

-

-  // set movie

-  CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := false;

-  fShowVisualization      := false;

-  if (CurrentSong.Video <> '') and FileExists(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video) then

-  begin

-    // TODO: use VideoGap and start time

-    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Open( CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video );

-    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Position := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + CurrentSong.Start;

-    CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := true;

-  end;

-

-  // set background

-  if (CurrentSong.Background <> '')  and (CurrentSong.VideoLoaded = false) then

-    try

-      Tex_Background := Texture.LoadTexture(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Background);

-    except

-      log.LogError('Background could not be loaded: ' + CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Background);

-      Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;

-    end

-  else

-    Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;

-

-

-

-  // play music (I)

-  AudioInput.CaptureStart;

-  AudioPlayback.Position := CurrentSong.Start;

-//  Music.Play;

-

-  // prepare timer (I)

-//  CountSkipTimeSet;

-  LineState.CurrentTime := CurrentSong.Start;

-  LineState.TotalTime := AudioPlayback.Length;

-

-  if (CurrentSong.Finish > 0) then

-    LineState.TotalTime := CurrentSong.Finish / 1000;

-  LineState.OldBeat := -1;

-  for P := 0 to High(Player) do

-    ClearScores(P);

-

-  // main text

-  Lyrics.Clear (CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM, CurrentSong.Resolution);

-

-  // set custom options

-  case Ini.LyricsFont of

-    0:

-      begin

-        Lyrics.UpperLineSize := 14;

-        Lyrics.LowerLineSize := 14;

-        Lyrics.FontStyle := 0;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := Skin_FontR;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := Skin_FontG;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := Skin_FontB;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.4;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.4;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.4;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 5/256;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 163/256;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 210/256;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;

-

-        {

-        LyricSub.FontStyle := 0;

-        LyricMain.Size := 14; // 13

-        LyricSub.Size := 14; // 13

-        LyricMain.ColR := Skin_FontR;

-        LyricMain.ColG := Skin_FontG;

-        LyricMain.ColB := Skin_FontB; //Change für Crazy Joker

-        }

-        {

-        LyricMain.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR;

-        LyricMain.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG;

-        LyricMain.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB;

-        }{

-        LyricMain.ColSR := 5/255; //26

-        LyricMain.ColSG := 163/255; //165

-        LyricMain.ColSB := 210/255;  //220

-

-        LyricSub.ColR := 0.4; //0.6

-        LyricSub.ColG := 0.4; //0.6

-        LyricSub.ColB := 0.4; //0.6

-        }

-      end;

-    1:

-      begin

-        {

-        LyricMain.FontStyle := 2;

-        LyricSub.FontStyle := 2;

-        LyricMain.Size := 14;

-        LyricSub.Size := 14;

-        LyricMain.ColR := 0.75;

-        LyricMain.ColG := 0.75;

-        LyricMain.ColB := 1;

-        LyricMain.ColSR := 0.5;

-        LyricMain.ColSG := 0.5;

-        LyricMain.ColSB := 1;

-        LyricSub.ColR := 0.8;

-        LyricSub.ColG := 0.8;

-        LyricSub.ColB := 0.8;

-        }

-

-        Lyrics.UpperLineSize := 14;

-        Lyrics.LowerLineSize := 14;

-        Lyrics.FontStyle := 2;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;

-      end;

-    2:

-      begin

-        Lyrics.UpperLineSize := 12;

-        Lyrics.LowerLineSize := 12;

-        Lyrics.FontStyle := 3;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;

-

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1;

-        Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;

-        {

-        LyricSub.FontStyle := 3;

-        LyricMain.Size := 12;

-        LyricSub.Size := 12;

-        LyricMain.ColR := 0.75;

-        LyricMain.ColG := 0.75;

-        LyricMain.ColB := 1;

-        LyricMain.ColSR := 0.5;

-        LyricMain.ColSG := 0.5;

-        LyricMain.ColSB := 1;

-        LyricSub.ColR := 0.8;

-        LyricSub.ColG := 0.8;

-        LyricSub.ColB := 0.8;

-        }

-      end;

-  end; // case

-

-  // Add lines to lyrics

-  while (not Lyrics.LineinQueue) and (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) do

-    Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]);

-  

-  //UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-

-  // Deactivate pause

-  Paused := False;

-

-  // Kill all stars not killed yet (GoldenStarsTwinkle Mod)

-  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;

-

-  {//Set Position of Line Bonus - Line Bonus start

-  if (Ini.LineBonus = 1) then //Show Line Bonus at Scores

-  begin

-  Case PlayersPlay of

-    1: begin

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1Score.Y;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1Score.Y + 65;

-    end;

-

-    2: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.X;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.X;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.X;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y + 65;

-    end;

-

-    3: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P3

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y + 65;

-    end;

-

-    4: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P3

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P4

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y + 65;

-    end;

-

-    6: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P3

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P4

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P5

-      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;

-      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y;

-      Player[4].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;

-      Player[4].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y + 65;

-

-      //P6

-      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y;

-      Player[5].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;

-      Player[5].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y + 65;

-    end;

-  end;

-  end

-  else if (Ini.LineBonus = 2) then //Show Line Bonus at Notes

-  begin

-

-  // positions

-  if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then begin

-    NR.Left := 120;

-  end else begin

-    NR.Left := 20;

-  end;

-  NR.Right := 780;

-

-  NR.Width := NR.Right - NR.Left;

-  NR.WMid := NR.Width / 2;

-  NR.Mid := NR.Left + NR.WMid;

-

-  Case PlayersPlay of

-    1: begin

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105;

-    end;

-

-    2: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 + 28;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 + 28;

-    end;

-

-    3: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := 120 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := 120 + 28;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := 245 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := 245 + 28;

-

-      //P3

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := 370 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := 370 + 28;

-    end;

-

-    4: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 + 28;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 + 28;

-

-      //P3

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 + 28;

-

-      //P4

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 + 28;

-    end;

-

-    6: begin

-      //P1

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := 120 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := 120 + 28;

-

-      //P2

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := 245 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := 245 + 28;

-

-      //P3

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := 370 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := 370 + 28;

-

-      //P4

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := 120 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := 120 + 28;

-

-      //P5

-      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetY := 245 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[4].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[4].LineBonus_StartY  := 245 + 28;

-

-      //P6

-      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetY := 370 - 65 + 28;

-      Player[5].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);

-      Player[5].LineBonus_StartY  := 370 + 28;

-    end;

-  end;

-  end; }

-  

-  // set Position of Line Bonus - Line Bonus end

-  // set number of empty sentences for Line Bonus

-  NumEmptySentences := 0;

-  for P := Low(Lines[0].Line) to High(Lines[0].Line) do

-    if Lines[0].Line[P].TotalNotes = 0 then Inc(NumEmptySentences);

-

-  Log.LogStatus('End', 'onShow');

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSing.onShowFinish;

-begin

-  // play movie (II)

-

-  if CurrentSong.VideoLoaded then

-  begin

-    try

-      fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.GetFrame(LineState.CurrentTime);

-      fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.DrawGL(ScreenAct);

-    except on E : Exception do

-    begin

-       //If an error occurs reading video: prevent video from being drawn again and close video

-       CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := False;

-       Log.LogError('Error drawing Video, Video has been disabled for this Song/Session.');

-       Log.LogError('Error Message : '+ E.message );

-       Log.LogError('      In      : '+ E.ClassName +' (TScreenSing.onShowFinish)' );

-       Log.LogError('Corrupted File: ' + CurrentSong.Video);

-

-       fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;

-    end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-

-  // play music (II)

-  AudioPlayback.Play;

-

-  // prepare timer (II)

-  CountSkipTimeSet;

-end;

-

-function TScreenSing.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Min:    integer;

-  Sec:    integer;

-  Tekst:  string;

-  Flash:  real;

-  S:      integer;

-  T:      integer;

-begin

-  // ScoreBG Mod

-  // TODO: remove this commented out section as we do not need it anymore.

-  //  We use colorized png's now. Set player colors does nothing than changing

-  //  the colors of the statics which will lead to ugly effects on colorized pngs

-  {

-  if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin

-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColG,

-      Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColG,

-      Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');

-

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-      Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-      Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');

-    end;

-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');

-

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');

-     end;

-  end;

-

-  if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin

-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin

-     LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');

-

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-       Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');

-    end;

-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin

-

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');

-     LoadColor(Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P5Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColB, 'P6Dark');

-

-

-     LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-       Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');

-     LoadColor(Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P5Dark');

-      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,

-        Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P6Dark');

-    end;

-  end;

- }

-

-  // set player names (for 2 screens and only Singstar skin)

-  if ScreenAct = 1 then begin

-    Text[TextP1].Text       := 'P1';

-    Text[TextP1TwoP].Text   := 'P1';

-    Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P1';

-    Text[TextP2R].Text      := 'P2';

-    Text[TextP2M].Text      := 'P2';

-    Text[TextP3R].Text      := 'P3';

-  end;

-

-  if ScreenAct = 2 then begin

-    case PlayersPlay of

-      {

-        1:  begin

-              Text[TextP1].Text := 'P2';

-            end;

-        2:  begin

-              Text[TextP1].Text := 'P3';

-              Text[TextP2R].Text := 'P4';

-            end;

-        3:  begin

-              Text[TextP1].Text := 'P4';

-              Text[TextP2M].Text := 'P5';

-              Text[TextP3R].Text := 'P6';

-            end;

-      }

-      4:  begin

-            Text[TextP1TwoP].Text   := 'P3';

-            Text[TextP2R].Text      := 'P4';

-          end;

-      6:  begin

-            Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P4';

-            Text[TextP2M].Text      := 'P5';

-            Text[TextP3R].Text      := 'P6';

-          end;

-    end; // case

-  end; // if

-

-

-  ////

-  // dual screen, part 1

-  ////////////////////////

-

-  // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we

-  // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here.

-  // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff. Commenting this stuff out, nothing

-  //   was missing on screen w/ 6 players - so do we even need this stuff?

-  Static[StaticP1].Texture.X         := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;

-

-  Text[TextP1].X                     := Text[TextP1].X + 10*ScreenX;

-

-  {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X  := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;

-  Text[TextP1Score].X                := Text[TextP1Score].X + 10*ScreenX;}

-

-

-  Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X        := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;

-

-  Text[TextP2R].X                    := Text[TextP2R].X + 10*ScreenX;

-

-  {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;

-  Text[TextP2RScore].X               := Text[TextP2RScore].X + 10*ScreenX;}

-

-  // end of weird stuff

-

-  Static[1].Texture.X := Static[1].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;

-

-  for T := 0 to 1 do

-    Text[T].X := Text[T].X + 10*ScreenX;

-

-  // update static menu with time ...

-  Min := Round(LineState.CurrentTime) div 60;

-  Sec := Round(LineState.CurrentTime) mod 60;

-  Text[TextTimeText].Text := '';

-  if Min < 10 then Text[TextTimeText].Text := '0';

-  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Min) + ':';

-  if Sec < 10 then Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + '0';

-  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Sec);

-

-  {// .. and scores

-  if PlayersPlay = 1 then begin

-    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);

-    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-    Text[TextP1Score].Text := Tekst;

-  end;

-

-  if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin

-    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);

-    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-    Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);

-    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-    Text[TextP2RScore].Text := Tekst;

-  end;

-

-  if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin

-    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);

-    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-    Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);

-    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-    Text[TextP2MScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[2].ScoreTotalI);

-    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-    Text[TextP3RScore].Text := Tekst;

-  end;

-

-  if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin

-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP2RScore].Text := Tekst;

-    end;

-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[2].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[3].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP2RScore].Text := Tekst;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin

-    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP2MScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[2].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP3RScore].Text := Tekst;

-    end;

-    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[3].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[4].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP2MScore].Text := Tekst;

-

-      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[5].ScoreTotalI);

-      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;

-      Text[TextP3RScore].Text := Tekst;

-    end;

-  end;  }

-

-  // draw static menu (BG)

-  // Note: there is no menu and the animated background brakes the video playback

-  //DrawBG;

-

-  // Draw Background

-  SingDrawBackground;

-

-  // update and draw movie

-  if (ShowFinish and

-      (CurrentSong.VideoLoaded or fShowVisualization)) then

-  begin

-    //try

-      // TODO: find a way to determine, when a new frame is needed

-      // TODO: same for the need to skip frames

-      if assigned( fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine ) then

-      begin

-        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.GetFrame(LineState.CurrentTime);

-        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.DrawGL(ScreenAct);

-      end;

-    (*

-    except

-      on E : Exception do

-      begin

-        //If an Error occurs drawing: prevent Video from being Drawn again and Close Video

-        CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := False;

-        log.LogError('Error drawing Video, Video has been disabled for this Song/Session.');

-        Log.LogError('Error Message : '+ E.message );

-        Log.LogError('      In      : '+ E.ClassName +' (TScreenSing.Draw)' );

-

-        Log.LogError('Corrupted File: ' + CurrentSong.Video);

-        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;

-      end;

-    end;

-    *)

-  end;

-

-  // draw static menu (FG)

-  DrawFG;

-

-  // check for music finish

-  //Log.LogError('Check for music finish: ' + BoolToStr(Music.Finished) + ' ' + FloatToStr(LineState.CurrentTime*1000) + ' ' + IntToStr(CurrentSong.Finish));

-  if ShowFinish then

-  begin

-    if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) and

-       ((CurrentSong.Finish = 0) or (LineState.CurrentTime*1000 <= CurrentSong.Finish)) then

-    begin

-      // analyze song if not paused

-      if (not Paused) then

-        Sing(Self);

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      if (not FadeOut) then

-      begin

-        Finish;

-        FadeOut := true;

-        FadeTo(@ScreenScore);

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  // always draw custom items

-  SingDraw;

-

-  //GoldenNoteStarsTwinkle

-  GoldenRec.SpawnRec;

-

-  //Draw Scores

-  Scores.Draw;

-

-  ////

-  // dual screen, part 2

-  ////////////////////////

-

-  // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we

-  // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here.

-  // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff

-

-  Static[StaticP1].Texture.X         := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;

-  Text[TextP1].X                     := Text[TextP1].X - 10*ScreenX;

-

-  {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X  := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;

-  Text[TextP1Score].X                := Text[TextP1Score].X - 10*ScreenX;}

-

-

-  Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X        := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;

-  Text[TextP2R].X                    := Text[TextP2R].X - 10*ScreenX;

-

-  {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;

-  Text[TextP2RScore].X               := Text[TextP2RScore].X - 10*ScreenX;}

-

-  //end of weird

-

-  Static[1].Texture.X := Static[1].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;

-

-  for T := 0 to 1 do

-    Text[T].X := Text[T].X - 10*ScreenX;

-

-  // Draw Pausepopup

-  // FIXME: this is a workaround that the Static is drawn over the Lyrics, Lines, Scores and Effects

-  // maybe someone could find a better solution

-  if Paused then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := true;

-    Static[StaticPausePopup].Draw;

-    Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false;

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSing.Finish;

-begin

-  AudioInput.CaptureStop;

-  AudioPlayback.Stop;

-

-  if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then begin

-    Log.BenchmarkStart(0);

-    Log.LogVoice(0);

-    Log.LogVoice(1);

-    Log.LogVoice(2);

-    Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);

-    Log.LogBenchmark('Creating files', 0);

-  end;

-

-  if CurrentSong.VideoLoaded then

-  begin

-    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;

-    CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := false; // to prevent drawing closed video

-  end;

-

-  SetFontItalic (False);

-end;

-

-(*

-procedure TScreenSing.UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-var

-  T:    string;

-begin

-  //Todo: Lyrics

-{  LCD.HideCursor;

-  LCD.Clear;

-

-  T := LyricMain.Text;

-  if Copy(T, Length(T), 1) <> ' ' then T := T + ' ';

-  LCD.AddTextBR(T);

-

-  T := LyricSub.Text;

-  if Copy(T, Length(T), 1) <> ' ' then T := T + ' ';

-  LCD.AddTextBR(T);}

-end;

-*)

-

-procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);

-var

-  PlayerIndex: Integer;

-  CurrentPlayer: PPLayer;

-  CurrentScore: Real;

-  Line: PLine;

-  LinePerfection: Real;  // perfection of singing performance on the current line

-  Rating: integer;

-  LineScore: Real;

-  LineBonus: Real;

-  MaxSongScore: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)

-  MaxLineScore: Real;    // max. points for the current line

-const

-  // TODO: move this to a better place

-  MAX_LINE_RATING = 8;        // max. rating for singing performance

-begin

-  Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];

-

-  // check for empty sentence

-  if (Line.TotalNotes <= 0) then

-    Exit;

-

-  // set max song score

-  if (Ini.LineBonus = 0) then

-    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE

-  else

-    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS;

-

-  // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song

-  MaxLineScore := MaxSongScore * (Line.TotalNotes / Lines[0].ScoreValue);

-

-  for PlayerIndex := 0 to High(Player) do

-  begin

-    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];

-    CurrentScore := CurrentPlayer.Score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden;

-

-    // Line Bonus

-

-    // points for this line

-    LineScore := CurrentScore - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast;

-

-    // determine LinePerfection

-    // Note: the "+2" extra points are a little bonus so the player does not

-    //   have to be that perfect to reach the bonus steps.

-    LinePerfection := (LineScore + 2) / MaxLineScore;

-

-    // clamp LinePerfection to range [0..1]

-    if (LinePerfection < 0) then

-      LinePerfection := 0

-    else if (LinePerfection > 1) then

-      LinePerfection := 1;

-

-    // add line-bonus if enabled

-    if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then

-    begin

-      // line-bonus points (same for each line, no matter how long the line is)

-      LineBonus := MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS /

-                   (Length(Lines[0].Line) - NumEmptySentences);

-      // apply line-bonus

-      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine := CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine +

-                                 LineBonus * LinePerfection;

-      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt := Round(CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine / 10) * 10;

-      // update total score

-      CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +

-                                     CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt +

-                                     CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;

-

-      // spawn rating pop-up

-      Rating := Round(LinePerfection * MAX_LINE_RATING);

-      Scores.SpawnPopUp(PlayerIndex, Rating, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt);

-    end;

-

-    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), Part 1

-    If (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then

-      CurrentPlayer.LastSentencePerfect := (LinePerfection >= 1);

-

-    // refresh last score

-    CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast := CurrentScore;

-  end;

-

-  // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), Part 2

-  if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then

-    GoldenRec.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle;

-end;

-

-//Called on Sentence Change S= New Current Sentence

-procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);

-begin

-  //GoldenStarsTwinkle Mod

-  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;

-  if (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then

-  begin

-      Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]);  

-  end

-  else

-    Lyrics.AddLine(nil);

-  

-  // addline uses display memory

-  // calling draw makes sure, there's the singscreen in it, when the next

-  // swap between onscreen and offscreen buffers is done

-  // (this eliminates the onSentenceChange flickering)

-  // note: maybe it would be better to make sure, a display redraw is done

-  //     right after the sentence change (before buffer swap) or make sure

-  //     onsentencechange is only called right before calling Display.Draw

-  //     (or whatever it was called)

-  Draw;

-

-  //GoldenStarsTwinkle Mod End

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenSing;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+
+uses UMenu,
+     UMusic,
+     SDL,
+     SysUtils,
+     UFiles,
+     UTime,
+     USongs,
+     UIni,
+     ULog,
+     UTexture,
+     ULyrics,
+     TextGL,
+     gl,
+     UThemes,
+     //ULCD, //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+     UGraphicClasses,
+     USingScores;
+
+type
+  TScreenSing = class(TMenu)
+    protected
+      paused: boolean; //Pause Mod
+      NumEmptySentences: integer;
+    public
+      //TextTime:           integer;
+
+      // TimeBar fields
+      StaticTimeProgress:  integer;
+      TextTimeText:        integer;
+
+      StaticP1:           integer;
+      TextP1:             integer;
+      {StaticP1ScoreBG:    integer;
+      TextP1Score:        integer;}
+
+      {//moveable singbar mod
+      StaticP1SingBar:         integer;
+      StaticP1ThreePSingBar:   integer;
+      StaticP1TwoPSingBar:     integer;
+      StaticP2RSingBar:        integer;
+      StaticP2MSingBar:        integer;
+      StaticP3SingBar:         integer;
+      //eoa moveable singbar }
+
+      //Added for ps3 skin
+      //shown when game is in 2/4 player modus
+      StaticP1TwoP:           integer;
+      TextP1TwoP:             integer;
+
+      {StaticP1TwoPScoreBG:    integer;
+      TextP1TwoPScore:        integer;}
+      //shown when game is in 3/6 player modus
+      StaticP1ThreeP:           integer;
+      TextP1ThreeP:             integer;
+
+      {TextP1ThreePScore:        integer;
+      StaticP1ThreePScoreBG:    integer;  }
+      //eoa
+
+      StaticP2R:          integer;
+      TextP2R:            integer;
+
+      {StaticP2RScoreBG:   integer;
+      TextP2RScore:       integer;}
+
+      StaticP2M:          integer;
+      TextP2M:            integer;
+
+      {StaticP2MScoreBG:   integer;
+      TextP2MScore:       integer; }
+
+      StaticP3R:          integer;
+      TextP3R:            integer;
+
+      {StaticP3RScoreBG:   integer;
+      TextP3RScore:       integer;}
+      StaticPausePopup:   integer;
+
+      Tex_Background:     TTexture;
+      FadeOut:            boolean;
+      //LyricMain:          TLyric;
+      //LyricSub:           TLyric;
+      Lyrics:             TLyricEngine;
+
+      //Score Manager:
+      Scores: TSingScores;
+
+      fShowVisualization          : boolean;
+      fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine : IVideoPlayback;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure   onShow; override;
+      procedure   onShowFinish; override;
+
+      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      function    Draw: boolean; override;
+
+      procedure   Finish; virtual;
+      //procedure   UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+      procedure   Pause; //Pause Mod(Toggles Pause)
+
+      procedure   OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);     //OnSentenceEnd for LineBonus + Singbar
+      procedure   OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);  //OnSentenceChange (for Golden Notes)
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic,
+     UDraw,
+     UMain,
+     USong,
+     Classes,
+     URecord,
+     ULanguage,
+     math;
+
+// Method for input parsing. If False is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenSing.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          //When not ask before Exit then Finish now
+          if (Ini.AskbeforeDel <> 1) then
+            Finish
+          //else just Pause and let the Popup make the Work
+          else if not paused then
+            Pause;
+
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+      'V': //Show Visualization
+        begin
+          fShowVisualization := not fShowVisualization;
+
+          if fShowVisualization then
+            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := Visualization
+          else
+            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;
+
+          if fShowVisualization then
+            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.play;
+
+          Exit;  
+        end;
+      'P':
+        begin
+          Pause;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          //Record Sound Hack:
+          //Sound[0].BufferLong
+
+          Finish;
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenScore);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+          Pause;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_TAB: //Change Visualization Preset
+        begin
+          if fShowVisualization then
+            fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Position := now; // move to a random position
+        end;
+        
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN :
+        begin
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP :
+        begin
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Pause Mod
+procedure TScreenSing.Pause;
+begin
+  if not paused then  //enable Pause
+    begin
+      // pause Time
+      Paused    := true;
+
+      LineState.Pause();
+
+      // pause Music
+      AudioPlayback.Pause;
+
+      // pause Video
+      if (CurrentSong.Video <> '') and FileExists(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video) then
+        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Pause;
+
+    end
+  else              //disable Pause
+    begin
+      LineState.Resume();
+
+      // Position of Music
+      // FIXME: remove this and provide LineState.CurrentTime as sync-source instead
+      // so every stream can synch itself
+      AudioPlayback.Position := LineState.CurrentTime;
+
+      // Play Music
+      AudioPlayback.Play;
+
+      // Video
+      if (CurrentSong.Video <> '') and FileExists(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video) then
+        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Pause;
+
+      Paused := false;
+    end;
+end;
+//Pause Mod End
+
+constructor TScreenSing.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+  P:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  fShowVisualization := false;
+  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;
+
+
+  //Create Score Class
+  Scores := TSingScores.Create;
+  Scores.LoadfromTheme;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Sing);
+
+  //TimeBar
+  StaticTimeProgress    := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress);
+  TextTimeText          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextTimeText);
+
+// 1 player       | P1
+  StaticP1              := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1);
+  TextP1                := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1);
+
+  {StaticP1ScoreBG       := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG);
+  TextP1Score           := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);
+  StaticP1SingBar       := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar);}
+
+// 2 or 4 players | P1
+  StaticP1TwoP          := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoP);
+  TextP1TwoP            := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoP);
+
+  {StaticP1TwoPScoreBG   := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG);
+  TextP1TwoPScore       := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);
+  StaticP1TwoPSingBar   := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar);}
+
+  //              | P2
+  StaticP2R             := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2R);
+  TextP2R               := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2R);
+
+  {StaticP2RScoreBG      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG);
+  TextP2RScore          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);
+  StaticP2RSingBar      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar); }
+
+// 3 or 6 players | P1
+  StaticP1ThreeP        := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreeP);
+  TextP1ThreeP          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreeP);
+
+  {StaticP1ThreePScoreBG := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG);
+  TextP1ThreePScore     := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);
+  StaticP1ThreePSingBar := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar);}
+
+  //              | P2
+  StaticP2M             := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2M);
+  TextP2M               := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2M);
+
+  {StaticP2MScoreBG      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG);
+  TextP2MScore          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);
+  StaticP2MSingBar      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar);}
+
+  //              | P3
+  StaticP3R             := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3R);
+  TextP3R               := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3R);
+
+  {StaticP3RScoreBG      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG);
+  TextP3RScore          := AddText(Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);
+  StaticP3SingBar       := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.StaticP3SingBar);}
+
+  StaticPausePopup      := AddStatic(Theme.Sing.PausePopUp);
+  Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false; //Pausepopup is not visibile at the beginning
+
+  if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      // katze und affe
+
+    end;
+
+  Lyrics := TLyricEngine.Create(80,Skin_LyricsT,640,12,80,Skin_LyricsT+36,640,12);
+
+  if assigned( fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine ) then
+    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Init();
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.onShow;
+var
+  P:        integer;
+  V1:       boolean;
+  V1TwoP:   boolean; //added for ps3 skin
+  V1ThreeP: boolean; //added for ps3 skin
+  V2R:      boolean;
+  V2M:      boolean;
+  V3R:      boolean;
+  NR:       TRecR; //Line Bonus Mod
+
+  Color: TRGB;
+
+  success:  boolean;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  Log.LogStatus('Begin', 'onShow');
+  FadeOut := false;
+
+  // reset video playback engine, to play Video Clip...
+  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;
+
+  // setup score manager
+  Scores.ClearPlayers; // clear old player values
+  Color.R := 0; Color.G := 0; Color.B := 0; // dummy atm
+
+  // add new players
+  for P := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+  begin
+    Scores.AddPlayer(Tex_ScoreBG[P], Color);
+  end;
+
+  Scores.Init; //Get Positions for Players
+
+
+
+  // prepare players
+  SetLength(Player, PlayersPlay);
+  //Player[0].ScoreTotalInt := 0;
+
+  case PlayersPlay of
+    1:  begin
+          V1       := true;
+          V1TwoP   := false;
+          V1ThreeP := false;
+          V2R      := false;
+          V2M      := false;
+          V3R      := false;
+        end;
+    2:  begin
+          V1       := false;
+          V1TwoP   := true;
+          V1ThreeP := false;
+          V2R      := true;
+          V2M      := false;
+          V3R      := false;
+        end;
+    3:  begin
+          V1       := false;
+          V1TwoP   := false;
+          V1ThreeP := true;
+          V2R      := false;
+          V2M      := true;
+          V3R      := true;
+        end;
+    4:  begin // double screen
+          V1       := false;
+          V1TwoP   := true;
+          V1ThreeP := false;
+          V2R      := true;
+          V2M      := false;
+          V3R      := false;
+        end;
+    6:  begin // double screen
+          V1       := false;
+          V1TwoP   := false;
+          V1ThreeP := true; 
+          V2R      := false;
+          V2M      := true;
+          V3R      := true;
+        end;
+
+  end;
+
+  //This one is shown in 1P mode
+  Static[StaticP1].Visible              := V1;
+  Text[TextP1].Visible                  := V1;
+
+  {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Visible       := V1;
+  Text[TextP1Score].Visible             := V1;}
+
+
+  //This one is shown in 2/4P mode
+  Static[StaticP1TwoP].Visible          := V1TwoP;
+  Text[TextP1TwoP].Visible              := V1TwoP;
+
+  {Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Visible   := V1TwoP;
+  Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Visible         := V1TwoP;}
+
+  Static[StaticP2R].Visible             := V2R;
+  Text[TextP2R].Visible                 := V2R;
+
+  {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Visible      := V2R;
+  Text[TextP2RScore].Visible            := V2R;  }
+
+
+  //This one is shown in 3/6P mode
+  Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Visible        := V1ThreeP;
+  Text[TextP1ThreeP].Visible            := V1ThreeP;
+
+  {Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Visible := V1ThreeP;
+  Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Visible       := V1ThreeP; }
+
+  Static[StaticP2M].Visible             := V2M;
+  Text[TextP2M].Visible                 := V2M;
+
+  {Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Visible      := V2M;
+  Text[TextP2MScore].Visible            := V2M; }
+
+  Static[StaticP3R].Visible             := V3R;
+  Text[TextP3R].Visible                 := V3R;
+
+  {Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Visible      := V3R;
+  Text[TextP3RScore].Visible            := V3R; }
+
+  // FIXME: sets Path and Filename to ''
+  ResetSingTemp;
+
+  CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected];
+
+  // FIXME: bad style, put the try-except into LoadSong() and not here
+  try
+    // Check if file is XML
+    if copy(CurrentSong.FileName,length(CurrentSong.FileName)-3,4) = '.xml'
+     then success := CurrentSong.LoadXMLSong()
+     else success := CurrentSong.LoadSong();
+  except
+    success := false;
+  end;
+
+  if (not success) then
+  begin
+    // error loading song -> go back to song screen and show some error message
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+    // select new song in party mode
+    if ScreenSong.Mode = smPartyMode then
+      ScreenSong.SelectRandomSong();
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));
+    // FIXME: do we need this?
+    CurrentSong.Path := CatSongs.Song[CatSongs.Selected].Path;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+
+
+  // reset video playback engine, to play video clip...
+
+  Visualization.Init();
+
+  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;
+  fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine := VideoPlayback;
+
+  // set movie
+  CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := false;
+  fShowVisualization      := false;
+  if (CurrentSong.Video <> '') and FileExists(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video) then
+  begin
+    // TODO: use VideoGap and start time
+    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Open( CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Video );
+    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Position := CurrentSong.VideoGAP + CurrentSong.Start;
+    CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := true;
+  end;
+
+  // set background
+  if (CurrentSong.Background <> '')  and (CurrentSong.VideoLoaded = false) then
+    try
+      Tex_Background := Texture.LoadTexture(CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Background);
+    except
+      log.LogError('Background could not be loaded: ' + CurrentSong.Path + CurrentSong.Background);
+      Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+    end
+  else
+    Tex_Background.TexNum := 0;
+
+
+
+  // play music (I)
+  AudioInput.CaptureStart;
+  AudioPlayback.Position := CurrentSong.Start;
+//  Music.Play;
+
+  // prepare timer (I)
+//  CountSkipTimeSet;
+  LineState.CurrentTime := CurrentSong.Start;
+  LineState.TotalTime := AudioPlayback.Length;
+
+  if (CurrentSong.Finish > 0) then
+    LineState.TotalTime := CurrentSong.Finish / 1000;
+  LineState.OldBeat := -1;
+  for P := 0 to High(Player) do
+    ClearScores(P);
+
+  // main text
+  Lyrics.Clear (CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM, CurrentSong.Resolution);
+
+  // set custom options
+  case Ini.LyricsFont of
+    0:
+      begin
+        Lyrics.UpperLineSize := 14;
+        Lyrics.LowerLineSize := 14;
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := 0;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := Skin_FontR;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := Skin_FontG;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := Skin_FontB;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.4;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.4;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.4;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 5/256;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 163/256;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 210/256;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+
+        {
+        LyricSub.FontStyle := 0;
+        LyricMain.Size := 14; // 13
+        LyricSub.Size := 14; // 13
+        LyricMain.ColR := Skin_FontR;
+        LyricMain.ColG := Skin_FontG;
+        LyricMain.ColB := Skin_FontB; //Change für Crazy Joker
+        }
+        {
+        LyricMain.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR;
+        LyricMain.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG;
+        LyricMain.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB;
+        }{
+        LyricMain.ColSR := 5/255; //26
+        LyricMain.ColSG := 163/255; //165
+        LyricMain.ColSB := 210/255;  //220
+
+        LyricSub.ColR := 0.4; //0.6
+        LyricSub.ColG := 0.4; //0.6
+        LyricSub.ColB := 0.4; //0.6
+        }
+      end;
+    1:
+      begin
+        {
+        LyricMain.FontStyle := 2;
+        LyricSub.FontStyle := 2;
+        LyricMain.Size := 14;
+        LyricSub.Size := 14;
+        LyricMain.ColR := 0.75;
+        LyricMain.ColG := 0.75;
+        LyricMain.ColB := 1;
+        LyricMain.ColSR := 0.5;
+        LyricMain.ColSG := 0.5;
+        LyricMain.ColSB := 1;
+        LyricSub.ColR := 0.8;
+        LyricSub.ColG := 0.8;
+        LyricSub.ColB := 0.8;
+        }
+
+        Lyrics.UpperLineSize := 14;
+        Lyrics.LowerLineSize := 14;
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := 2;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+      end;
+    2:
+      begin
+        Lyrics.UpperLineSize := 12;
+        Lyrics.LowerLineSize := 12;
+        Lyrics.FontStyle := 3;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.R := 0.75;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.G := 0.75;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.B := 1;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_en.A := 1;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.R := 0.8;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.G := 0.8;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.B := 0.8;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_dis.A := 1;
+
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.R := 0.5;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.G := 0.5;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.B := 1;
+        Lyrics.LineColor_act.A := 1;
+        {
+        LyricSub.FontStyle := 3;
+        LyricMain.Size := 12;
+        LyricSub.Size := 12;
+        LyricMain.ColR := 0.75;
+        LyricMain.ColG := 0.75;
+        LyricMain.ColB := 1;
+        LyricMain.ColSR := 0.5;
+        LyricMain.ColSG := 0.5;
+        LyricMain.ColSB := 1;
+        LyricSub.ColR := 0.8;
+        LyricSub.ColG := 0.8;
+        LyricSub.ColB := 0.8;
+        }
+      end;
+  end; // case
+
+  // Add lines to lyrics
+  while (not Lyrics.LineinQueue) and (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) do
+    Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]);
+  
+  //UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+
+  // Deactivate pause
+  Paused := False;
+
+  // Kill all stars not killed yet (GoldenStarsTwinkle Mod)
+  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;
+
+  {//Set Position of Line Bonus - Line Bonus start
+  if (Ini.LineBonus = 1) then //Show Line Bonus at Scores
+  begin
+  Case PlayersPlay of
+    1: begin
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1Score.Y;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1Score.Y + 65;
+    end;
+
+    2: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.X;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.X;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.X;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y + 65;
+    end;
+
+    3: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P3
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y + 65;
+    end;
+
+    4: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P3
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG.x;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P4
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore.Y + 65;
+    end;
+
+    6: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P3
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P4
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG.x;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P5
+      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;
+      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y;
+      Player[4].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG.x;
+      Player[4].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore.Y + 65;
+
+      //P6
+      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetX := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetY := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y;
+      Player[5].LineBonus_StartX  := Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG.x;
+      Player[5].LineBonus_StartY  := Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore.Y + 65;
+    end;
+  end;
+  end
+  else if (Ini.LineBonus = 2) then //Show Line Bonus at Notes
+  begin
+
+  // positions
+  if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then begin
+    NR.Left := 120;
+  end else begin
+    NR.Left := 20;
+  end;
+  NR.Right := 780;
+
+  NR.Width := NR.Right - NR.Left;
+  NR.WMid := NR.Width / 2;
+  NR.Mid := NR.Left + NR.WMid;
+
+  Case PlayersPlay of
+    1: begin
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105;
+    end;
+
+    2: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 + 28;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 + 28;
+    end;
+
+    3: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := 120 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := 120 + 28;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := 245 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := 245 + 28;
+
+      //P3
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := 370 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := 370 + 28;
+    end;
+
+    4: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 + 28;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 + 28;
+
+      //P3
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P1_NotesB - 105 + 28;
+
+      //P4
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := Skin_P2_NotesB - 105 + 28;
+    end;
+
+    6: begin
+      //P1
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_TargetY := 120 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[0].LineBonus_StartY  := 120 + 28;
+
+      //P2
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_TargetY := 245 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[1].LineBonus_StartY  := 245 + 28;
+
+      //P3
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[2].LineBonus_TargetY := 370 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[2].LineBonus_StartY  := 370 + 28;
+
+      //P4
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[3].LineBonus_TargetY := 120 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[3].LineBonus_StartY  := 120 + 28;
+
+      //P5
+      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[4].LineBonus_TargetY := 245 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[4].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[4].LineBonus_StartY  := 245 + 28;
+
+      //P6
+      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetX := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[5].LineBonus_TargetY := 370 - 65 + 28;
+      Player[5].LineBonus_StartX  := Round(Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX - 100);
+      Player[5].LineBonus_StartY  := 370 + 28;
+    end;
+  end;
+  end; }
+  
+  // set Position of Line Bonus - Line Bonus end
+  // set number of empty sentences for Line Bonus
+  NumEmptySentences := 0;
+  for P := Low(Lines[0].Line) to High(Lines[0].Line) do
+    if Lines[0].Line[P].TotalNotes = 0 then Inc(NumEmptySentences);
+
+  Log.LogStatus('End', 'onShow');
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.onShowFinish;
+begin
+  // play movie (II)
+
+  if CurrentSong.VideoLoaded then
+  begin
+    try
+      fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.GetFrame(LineState.CurrentTime);
+      fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.DrawGL(ScreenAct);
+    except on E : Exception do
+    begin
+       //If an error occurs reading video: prevent video from being drawn again and close video
+       CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := False;
+       Log.LogError('Error drawing Video, Video has been disabled for this Song/Session.');
+       Log.LogError('Error Message : '+ E.message );
+       Log.LogError('      In      : '+ E.ClassName +' (TScreenSing.onShowFinish)' );
+       Log.LogError('Corrupted File: ' + CurrentSong.Video);
+
+       fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;
+    end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+  // play music (II)
+  AudioPlayback.Play;
+
+  // prepare timer (II)
+  CountSkipTimeSet;
+end;
+
+function TScreenSing.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:    integer;
+  Sec:    integer;
+  Tekst:  string;
+  Flash:  real;
+  S:      integer;
+  T:      integer;
+begin
+  // ScoreBG Mod
+  // TODO: remove this commented out section as we do not need it anymore.
+  //  We use colorized png's now. Set player colors does nothing than changing
+  //  the colors of the statics which will lead to ugly effects on colorized pngs
+  {
+  if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColG,
+      Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColG,
+      Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');
+
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+      Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+      Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP1TwoP].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');
+
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP1TwoPScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');
+     end;
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+     LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');
+
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P1Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+       Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P2Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P3Dark');
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP1ThreeP].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');
+     LoadColor(Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2M].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP2R].Texture.ColB, 'P5Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP3R].Texture.ColB, 'P6Dark');
+
+
+     LoadColor(Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+       Static[StaticP1ThreePScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P4Dark');
+     LoadColor(Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP2MScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P5Dark');
+      LoadColor(Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColR, Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColG,
+        Static[StaticP3RScoreBG].Texture.ColB, 'P6Dark');
+    end;
+  end;
+ }
+
+  // set player names (for 2 screens and only Singstar skin)
+  if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+    Text[TextP1].Text       := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP1TwoP].Text   := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P1';
+    Text[TextP2R].Text      := 'P2';
+    Text[TextP2M].Text      := 'P2';
+    Text[TextP3R].Text      := 'P3';
+  end;
+
+  if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+    case PlayersPlay of
+      {
+        1:  begin
+              Text[TextP1].Text := 'P2';
+            end;
+        2:  begin
+              Text[TextP1].Text := 'P3';
+              Text[TextP2R].Text := 'P4';
+            end;
+        3:  begin
+              Text[TextP1].Text := 'P4';
+              Text[TextP2M].Text := 'P5';
+              Text[TextP3R].Text := 'P6';
+            end;
+      }
+      4:  begin
+            Text[TextP1TwoP].Text   := 'P3';
+            Text[TextP2R].Text      := 'P4';
+          end;
+      6:  begin
+            Text[TextP1ThreeP].Text := 'P4';
+            Text[TextP2M].Text      := 'P5';
+            Text[TextP3R].Text      := 'P6';
+          end;
+    end; // case
+  end; // if
+
+
+  ////
+  // dual screen, part 1
+  ////////////////////////
+
+  // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we
+  // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here.
+  // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff. Commenting this stuff out, nothing
+  //   was missing on screen w/ 6 players - so do we even need this stuff?
+  Static[StaticP1].Texture.X         := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+
+  Text[TextP1].X                     := Text[TextP1].X + 10*ScreenX;
+
+  {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X  := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP1Score].X                := Text[TextP1Score].X + 10*ScreenX;}
+
+
+  Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X        := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+
+  Text[TextP2R].X                    := Text[TextP2R].X + 10*ScreenX;
+
+  {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP2RScore].X               := Text[TextP2RScore].X + 10*ScreenX;}
+
+  // end of weird stuff
+
+  Static[1].Texture.X := Static[1].Texture.X + 10*ScreenX;
+
+  for T := 0 to 1 do
+    Text[T].X := Text[T].X + 10*ScreenX;
+
+  // update static menu with time ...
+  Min := Round(LineState.CurrentTime) div 60;
+  Sec := Round(LineState.CurrentTime) mod 60;
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := '';
+  if Min < 10 then Text[TextTimeText].Text := '0';
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Min) + ':';
+  if Sec < 10 then Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + '0';
+  Text[TextTimeText].Text := Text[TextTimeText].Text + IntToStr(Sec);
+
+  {// .. and scores
+  if PlayersPlay = 1 then begin
+    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);
+    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+    Text[TextP1Score].Text := Tekst;
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin
+    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);
+    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+    Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);
+    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+    Text[TextP2RScore].Text := Tekst;
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);
+    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+    Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);
+    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+    Text[TextP2MScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+    Tekst := IntToStr(Player[2].ScoreTotalI);
+    while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+    Text[TextP3RScore].Text := Tekst;
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP2RScore].Text := Tekst;
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[2].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP1TwoPScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[3].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP2RScore].Text := Tekst;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+    if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[0].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[1].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP2MScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[2].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP3RScore].Text := Tekst;
+    end;
+    if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[3].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP1ThreePScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[4].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP2MScore].Text := Tekst;
+
+      Tekst := IntToStr(Player[5].ScoreTotalI);
+      while Length(Tekst) < 5 do Tekst := '0' + Tekst;
+      Text[TextP3RScore].Text := Tekst;
+    end;
+  end;  }
+
+  // draw static menu (BG)
+  // Note: there is no menu and the animated background brakes the video playback
+  //DrawBG;
+
+  // Draw Background
+  SingDrawBackground;
+
+  // update and draw movie
+  if (ShowFinish and
+      (CurrentSong.VideoLoaded or fShowVisualization)) then
+  begin
+    //try
+      // TODO: find a way to determine, when a new frame is needed
+      // TODO: same for the need to skip frames
+      if assigned( fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine ) then
+      begin
+        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.GetFrame(LineState.CurrentTime);
+        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.DrawGL(ScreenAct);
+      end;
+    (*
+    except
+      on E : Exception do
+      begin
+        //If an Error occurs drawing: prevent Video from being Drawn again and Close Video
+        CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := False;
+        log.LogError('Error drawing Video, Video has been disabled for this Song/Session.');
+        Log.LogError('Error Message : '+ E.message );
+        Log.LogError('      In      : '+ E.ClassName +' (TScreenSing.Draw)' );
+
+        Log.LogError('Corrupted File: ' + CurrentSong.Video);
+        fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;
+      end;
+    end;
+    *)
+  end;
+
+  // draw static menu (FG)
+  DrawFG;
+
+  // check for music finish
+  //Log.LogError('Check for music finish: ' + BoolToStr(Music.Finished) + ' ' + FloatToStr(LineState.CurrentTime*1000) + ' ' + IntToStr(CurrentSong.Finish));
+  if ShowFinish then
+  begin
+    if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) and
+       ((CurrentSong.Finish = 0) or (LineState.CurrentTime*1000 <= CurrentSong.Finish)) then
+    begin
+      // analyze song if not paused
+      if (not Paused) then
+        Sing(Self);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      if (not FadeOut) then
+      begin
+        Finish;
+        FadeOut := true;
+        FadeTo(@ScreenScore);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // always draw custom items
+  SingDraw;
+
+  //GoldenNoteStarsTwinkle
+  GoldenRec.SpawnRec;
+
+  //Draw Scores
+  Scores.Draw;
+
+  ////
+  // dual screen, part 2
+  ////////////////////////
+
+  // Note: ScreenX is the offset of the current screen in dual-screen mode so we
+  // will move the statics and texts to the correct screen here.
+  // FIXME: clean up this weird stuff
+
+  Static[StaticP1].Texture.X         := Static[StaticP1].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP1].X                     := Text[TextP1].X - 10*ScreenX;
+
+  {Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X  := Static[StaticP1ScoreBG].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP1Score].X                := Text[TextP1Score].X - 10*ScreenX;}
+
+
+  Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X        := Static[StaticP2R].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP2R].X                    := Text[TextP2R].X - 10*ScreenX;
+
+  {Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X := Static[StaticP2RScoreBG].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;
+  Text[TextP2RScore].X               := Text[TextP2RScore].X - 10*ScreenX;}
+
+  //end of weird
+
+  Static[1].Texture.X := Static[1].Texture.X - 10*ScreenX;
+
+  for T := 0 to 1 do
+    Text[T].X := Text[T].X - 10*ScreenX;
+
+  // Draw Pausepopup
+  // FIXME: this is a workaround that the Static is drawn over the Lyrics, Lines, Scores and Effects
+  // maybe someone could find a better solution
+  if Paused then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := true;
+    Static[StaticPausePopup].Draw;
+    Static[StaticPausePopup].Visible := false;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSing.Finish;
+begin
+  AudioInput.CaptureStop;
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+
+  if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then begin
+    Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
+    Log.LogVoice(0);
+    Log.LogVoice(1);
+    Log.LogVoice(2);
+    Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
+    Log.LogBenchmark('Creating files', 0);
+  end;
+
+  if CurrentSong.VideoLoaded then
+  begin
+    fCurrentVideoPlaybackEngine.Close;
+    CurrentSong.VideoLoaded := false; // to prevent drawing closed video
+  end;
+
+  SetFontItalic (False);
+end;
+
+(*
+procedure TScreenSing.UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+var
+  T:    string;
+begin
+  //Todo: Lyrics
+{  LCD.HideCursor;
+  LCD.Clear;
+
+  T := LyricMain.Text;
+  if Copy(T, Length(T), 1) <> ' ' then T := T + ' ';
+  LCD.AddTextBR(T);
+
+  T := LyricSub.Text;
+  if Copy(T, Length(T), 1) <> ' ' then T := T + ' ';
+  LCD.AddTextBR(T);}
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);
+var
+  PlayerIndex: Integer;
+  CurrentPlayer: PPLayer;
+  CurrentScore: Real;
+  Line: PLine;
+  LinePerfection: Real;  // perfection of singing performance on the current line
+  Rating: integer;
+  LineScore: Real;
+  LineBonus: Real;
+  MaxSongScore: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
+  MaxLineScore: Real;    // max. points for the current line
+const
+  // TODO: move this to a better place
+  MAX_LINE_RATING = 8;        // max. rating for singing performance
+begin
+  Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
+
+  // check for empty sentence
+  if (Line.TotalNotes <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set max song score
+  if (Ini.LineBonus = 0) then
+    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE
+  else
+    MaxSongScore := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS;
+
+  // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
+  MaxLineScore := MaxSongScore * (Line.TotalNotes / Lines[0].ScoreValue);
+
+  for PlayerIndex := 0 to High(Player) do
+  begin
+    CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
+    CurrentScore := CurrentPlayer.Score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden;
+
+    // Line Bonus
+
+    // points for this line
+    LineScore := CurrentScore - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast;
+
+    // determine LinePerfection
+    // Note: the "+2" extra points are a little bonus so the player does not
+    //   have to be that perfect to reach the bonus steps.
+    LinePerfection := (LineScore + 2) / MaxLineScore;
+
+    // clamp LinePerfection to range [0..1]
+    if (LinePerfection < 0) then
+      LinePerfection := 0
+    else if (LinePerfection > 1) then
+      LinePerfection := 1;
+
+    // add line-bonus if enabled
+    if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
+    begin
+      // line-bonus points (same for each line, no matter how long the line is)
+      LineBonus := MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS /
+                   (Length(Lines[0].Line) - NumEmptySentences);
+      // apply line-bonus
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine := CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine +
+                                 LineBonus * LinePerfection;
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt := Round(CurrentPlayer.ScoreLine / 10) * 10;
+      // update total score
+      CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
+                                     CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt +
+                                     CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
+
+      // spawn rating pop-up
+      Rating := Round(LinePerfection * MAX_LINE_RATING);
+      Scores.SpawnPopUp(PlayerIndex, Rating, CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt);
+    end;
+
+    // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), Part 1
+    If (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+      CurrentPlayer.LastSentencePerfect := (LinePerfection >= 1);
+
+    // refresh last score
+    CurrentPlayer.ScoreLast := CurrentScore;
+  end;
+
+  // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect), Part 2
+  if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+    GoldenRec.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle;
+end;
+
+//Called on Sentence Change S= New Current Sentence
+procedure TScreenSing.OnSentenceChange(SentenceIndex: Cardinal);
+begin
+  //GoldenStarsTwinkle Mod
+  GoldenRec.SentenceChange;
+  if (Lyrics.LineCounter <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then
+  begin
+      Lyrics.AddLine(@Lines[0].Line[Lyrics.LineCounter]);  
+  end
+  else
+    Lyrics.AddLine(nil);
+  
+  // addline uses display memory
+  // calling draw makes sure, there's the singscreen in it, when the next
+  // swap between onscreen and offscreen buffers is done
+  // (this eliminates the onSentenceChange flickering)
+  // note: maybe it would be better to make sure, a display redraw is done
+  //     right after the sentence change (before buffer swap) or make sure
+  //     onsentencechange is only called right before calling Display.Draw
+  //     (or whatever it was called)
+  Draw;
+
+  //GoldenStarsTwinkle Mod End
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas
index f010ec31..7606abe6 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ type
   end;
 
 type
-  TCustomSoundEntry = record

-    Filename : String;

-    Stream   : TAudioPlaybackStream;

-  end;

-

+  TCustomSoundEntry = record
+    Filename : String;
+    Stream   : TAudioPlaybackStream;
+  end;
+
 var
   //Custom Sounds
   CustomSounds: array of TCustomSoundEntry;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas
index 1653e310..5dc3c7ef 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas
@@ -1,2130 +1,2130 @@
-unit UScreenSong;

-

-interface

-

-{$IFDEF FPC}

-  {$MODE Delphi}

-{$ENDIF}

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-

-uses

-  UMenu,

-  SDL,

-  UMusic,

-  UFiles,

-  UTime,

-  UDisplay,

-  USongs,

-  SysUtils,

-  UCommon,

-  ULog,

-  UThemes,

-  UTexture,

-  ULanguage,

-  //ULCD, //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-  //ULight, //TODO: maybe Light Support as Plugin?

-  USong,

-  UIni;

-

-type

-  TScreenSong = class(TMenu)

-    private

-      EqualizerData: TFFTData; // moved here to avoid stack overflows

-      EqualizerBands: array of Byte;

-      EqualizerTime: Cardinal;

-

-      procedure StartMusicPreview(Song: TSong);

-    public

-      TextArtist:   integer;

-      TextTitle:    integer;

-      TextNumber:   integer;

-

-      //Video Icon Mod

-      VideoIcon:         Cardinal;

-

-      TextCat:   integer;

-      StaticCat: integer;

-

-      SongCurrent:  real;

-      SongTarget:   real;

-

-      HighSpeed:    boolean;

-      CoverFull:    boolean;

-      CoverTime:    real;

-      MusicStartTime: cardinal;

-

-      CoverX:       integer;

-      CoverY:       integer;

-      CoverW:       integer;

-      is_jump:      boolean; // Jump to Song Mod

-      is_jump_title:boolean; //Jump to SOng MOd-YTrue if search for Title

-

-      //Party Mod

-      Mode: TSingMode;

-

-      //party Statics (Joker)

-      StaticTeam1Joker1: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1Joker2: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1Joker3: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1Joker4: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam1Joker5: Cardinal;

-

-      StaticTeam2Joker1: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2Joker2: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2Joker3: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2Joker4: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2Joker5: Cardinal;

-

-      StaticTeam3Joker1: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3Joker2: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3Joker3: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3Joker4: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3Joker5: Cardinal;

-

-      StaticParty:    array of Cardinal;

-      TextParty:      array of Cardinal;

-      StaticNonParty: array of Cardinal;

-      TextNonParty:   array of Cardinal;

-

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure SetScroll;

-      procedure SetScroll1;

-      procedure SetScroll2;

-      procedure SetScroll3;

-      procedure SetScroll4;

-      procedure SetScroll5;

-      procedure SetScroll6;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure GenerateThumbnails();

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure onHide; override;

-      procedure SelectNext;

-      procedure SelectPrev;

-      //procedure UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-      procedure SkipTo(Target: Cardinal);

-      procedure FixSelected; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix

-      procedure FixSelected2; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix

-      procedure ShowCatTL(Cat: Integer);// Show Cat in Top left

-      procedure ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: String);// Show Custom Text in Top left

-      procedure HideCatTL;// Show Cat in Tob left

-      procedure Refresh; //Refresh Song Sorting

-      procedure DrawEqualizer;

-      procedure ChangeMusic;

-      //Party Mode

-      procedure SelectRandomSong;

-      procedure SetJoker;

-      procedure SetStatics;

-      //procedures for Menu

-      procedure StartSong;

-      procedure OpenEditor;

-      procedure DoJoker(Team: Byte);

-      procedure SelectPlayers;

-

-      procedure UnLoadDetailedCover;

-

-      //Extensions

-      procedure DrawExtensions;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses

-  UGraphic,

-  UMain,

-  UCovers,

-  math,

-  gl,

-  USkins,

-  UDLLManager,

-  UParty,

-  UPlaylist,

-  UScreenSongMenu;

-

-// ***** Public methods ****** //

-

-//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix

-procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected;

-var I, I2: Integer;

-begin

-  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then

-  begin

-    I2:= 0;

-    for I := low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do

-    begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then

-        inc(I2);

-

-      if I = Interaction - 1 then

-        break;

-    end;

-

-    SongCurrent := I2;

-    SongTarget  := I2;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected2;

-var I, I2: Integer;

-begin

-  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then

-  begin

-    I2:= 0;

-    for I := low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do

-    begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then

-        inc(I2);

-

-      if I = Interaction - 1 then

-        break;

-    end;

-

-    SongTarget  := I2;

-  end;

-end;

-//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix End

-

-procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: String);// Show Custom Text in Top left

-begin

-  Text[TextCat].Text := Caption;

-  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;

-  Static[StaticCat].Visible := False;

-end;

-

-//Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTL(Cat: Integer);

-begin

-  //Change

-  Text[TextCat].Text := CatSongs.Song[Cat].Artist;

-  //showmessage(CatSongs.Song[Cat].Path + CatSongs.Song[Cat].Cover);

-  //Static[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);

-

-  Static[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);

-  //Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);

-

-  //Show

-  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;

-  Static[StaticCat].Visible := True;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.HideCatTL;

-begin

-  //Hide

-  //Text[TextCat].Visible := false;

-  Static[StaticCat].Visible := false;

-  //New -> Show Text specified in Theme

-  Text[TextCat].Visible := True;

-  Text[TextCat].Text := Theme.Song.TextCat.Text;

-end;

-//Show Cat in Top Left Mod End

-

-

-// Method for input parsing. If False is returned, GetNextWindow

-// should be checked to know the next window to load;

-function TScreenSong.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-  I:      integer;

-  I2:     integer;

-  SDL_ModState:  Word;

-  Letter: WideChar;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-

-  //Song Screen Extensions (Jumpto + Menu)

-  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then

-  begin

-    Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);

-    Exit;

-  end

-  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then

-  begin

-    Result := ScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);

-    Exit;

-  end;

-

-  if (PressedDown) then

-  begin // Key Down

-

-    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT

-    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);

-

-    //Jump to Artist/Titel

-    if ((SDL_ModState and KMOD_LALT <> 0) and (Mode = smNormal)) then

-    begin

-      if (WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] in ([WideChar('A')..WideChar('Z')]) ) then

-      begin

-        Letter := WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1];

-        I2 := Length(CatSongs.Song);

-

-        //Jump To Titel

-        if (SDL_ModState = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_LSHIFT)) then

-        begin

-          for I := 1 to high(CatSongs.Song) do

-          begin

-            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) and

-               (Length(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title)>0) and

-               (WideStringUpperCase(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title)[1] = Letter) then

-            begin

-              SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));

-

-              AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-

-              ChangeMusic;

-              SetScroll4;

-              //UpdateLCD;   //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-              //Break and Exit

-              Exit;

-            end;

-          end;

-        end

-        //Jump to Artist

-        else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-        begin

-          for I := 1 to high(CatSongs.Song) do

-          begin

-            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) and

-               (Length(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist)>0) and

-               (WideStringUpperCase(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist)[1] = Letter) then

-            begin

-              SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));

-

-              AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-

-              ChangeMusic;

-              SetScroll4;

-              //UpdateLCD;   //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-

-              //Break and Exit

-              Exit;

-            end;

-          end;

-        end;

-      end;

-

-      Exit;

-    end;

-

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-

-      'M': //Show SongMenu

-        begin

-          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then

-          begin

-            if (Mode = smNormal) then

-            begin

-              if (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) then // clicked on Song

-              begin 

-                if CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3 then

-                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist)

-                else

-                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);

-              end

-              else

-              begin

-                ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);

-              end;

-            end //Party Mode -> Show Party Menu

-            else

-            begin

-              ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);

-            end;

-          end;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-

-      'P': //Show Playlist Menu

-        begin

-          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-              ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);

-          end;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-

-      'J': //Show Jumpto Menu

-        begin

-          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-            ScreenSongJumpto.Visible := True;

-          end;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-

-      'E':

-        begin

-          OpenEditor;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-

-      'R':

-        begin

-          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-            if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) and (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then //Random Category

-            begin

-              I2 := 0; //Count Cats

-              for I:= low(CatSongs.Song) to high (CatSongs.Song) do

-              begin

-                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then

-                  Inc(I2);

-              end;

-

-              I2 := Random (I2)+1; //Zufall

-

-              //Find Cat:

-              for I:= low(CatSongs.Song) to high (CatSongs.Song) do

-                begin

-                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then

-                  Dec(I2);

-                if (I2<=0) then

-                begin

-                  //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-                  ShowCatTL (I);

-

-                  Interaction := I;

-

-                  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-                  CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);

-                  SelectNext;

-                  FixSelected;

-                  break;

-                end;

-              end;

-            end

-            else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then //random in All Categorys

-            begin

-              repeat

-                I2 := Random(high(CatSongs.Song)+1) - low(CatSongs.Song)+1;

-              until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false;

-

-              //Search Cat

-              for I := I2 downto low(CatSongs.Song) do

-              begin

-              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then

-                break;

-              end;

-              

-              //In I is now the categorie in I2 the song

-

-              //Choose Cat

-              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-

-              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-              ShowCatTL (I);

-

-              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);

-              SelectNext;

-

-              //Fix: Not Existing Song selected:

-              //if (I+1=I2) then Inc(I2);

-

-              //Choose Song

-              SkipTo(I2-I);

-            end

-            else //Random in one Category

-            begin

-              SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));

-            end;

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-

-            ChangeMusic;

-            SetScroll4;

-            //UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-          end;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end; // normal keys

-

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          if (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack

-            if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -1) then

-              begin

-              //Find Category

-              I := Interaction;

-              while not catsongs.Song[I].Main  do

-                begin

-                Dec (I);

-                if (I < low(catsongs.Song)) then

-                  break;

-                end;

-              if (I<= 1) then

-              Interaction := high(catsongs.Song)

-              else

-              Interaction := I - 1;

-

-              //Stop Music

-              AudioPlayback.Stop;

-

-              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-

-              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-              HideCatTL;

-

-

-              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix

-              SelectNext;

-              FixSelected;

-              //SelectPrev;

-              //CatSongs.Song[0].Visible := False;

-              end

-            else

-            begin

-            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack End

-              //Tabs off and in Search or Playlist -> Go back to Song view

-              if (CatSongs.CatNumShow < -1) then

-              begin

-                //Atm: Set Empty Filter

-                CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0);

-

-                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-                HideCatTL;

-                Interaction := 0;

-

-                //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix

-                SelectNext;

-                FixSelected;

-

-                ChangeMusic;

-              end

-              else

-              begin

-                AudioPlayback.Stop;

-                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-

-                FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-              end;

-

-            end;

-          end

-          //When in party Mode then Ask before Close

-          else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if Songs.SongList.Count > 0 then

-          begin

-            {$IFDEF UseSerialPort}

-              // PortWriteB($378, 0);

-            {$ENDIF}

-            if CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main then

-            begin // clicked on Category Button

-              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-              ShowCatTL (Interaction);

-

-              //I := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);

-              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);

-              {I2 := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);

-              SongCurrent := SongCurrent - I + I2;

-              SongTarget := SongTarget - I + I2; }

-

-              //  SetScroll4;

-

-              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix

-              SelectNext;

-              FixSelected;

-

-              //Play Music:

-              ChangeMusic;

-            end

-            else

-            begin // clicked on song

-              if (Mode = smNormal) then //Normal Mode -> Start Song

-              begin

-                //Do the Action that is specified in Ini

-                case Ini.OnSongClick of

-                  0: StartSong;

-                  1: SelectPlayers;

-                  2:begin

-                      if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then

-                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist)

-                      else

-                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);

-                    end;

-                end;

-              end

-              else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then //PartyMode -> Show Menu

-              begin

-                if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then

-                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main)

-                else

-                  ScreenSong.StartSong;

-              end;

-            end;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        begin

-          if (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode

-            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then

-            begin

-              //Cat Change Hack

-              if Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1 then

-              begin

-                I := Interaction;

-                if I <= 0 then I := 1;

-

-                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main do

-                begin

-                  Inc (I);

-                  if (I > high(catsongs.Song)) then

-                    I := low(catsongs.Song);

-                end;

-

-                Interaction := I;

-

-                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-                ShowCatTL (Interaction);

-

-                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);

-                SelectNext;

-                FixSelected;

-

-                //Play Music:

-                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-                ChangeMusic;

-

-              end;

-

-            //

-            //Cat Change Hack End}

-            end;

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_UP:

-        begin

-          if (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode

-            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then

-            begin

-              //Cat Change Hack

-              if Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1 then

-              begin

-                I := Interaction;

-                I2 := 0;

-                if I <= 0 then I := 1;

-

-                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main or (I2 = 0) do

-                begin

-                  if catsongs.Song[I].Main then

-                    Inc(I2);

-                  Dec (I);

-                  if (I < low(catsongs.Song)) then

-                    I := high(catsongs.Song);

-                end;

-

-                Interaction := I;

-

-                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-                ShowCatTL (I);

-

-                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);

-                SelectNext;

-                FixSelected;

-

-                //Play Music:

-                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-                ChangeMusic;

-              end;

-            end;

-            //Cat Change Hack End}

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-            SelectNext;

-            //InteractNext;

-            //SongTarget := Interaction;

-            ChangeMusic;

-            SetScroll4;

-            //UpdateLCD;   //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-            //Light.LightOne(1, 200); //TODO: maybe Light Support as Plugin?

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0)and (Mode = smNormal)  then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-            SelectPrev;

-            ChangeMusic;

-            SetScroll4;

-            //UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-            //Light.LightOne(0, 200); //TODO: maybe Light Support as Plugin?

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_1:

-        begin //Joker // to-do : Party

-          {if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker > 0) then

-          begin

-            //Use Joker

-            Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker);

-            SelectRandomSong;

-            SetJoker;

-          end;  }

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_2:

-        begin //Joker

-          {if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker > 0) then

-          begin

-            //Use Joker

-            Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker);

-            SelectRandomSong;

-            SetJoker;

-          end;  }

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_3:

-        begin //Joker

-          {if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker > 0) then

-          begin

-            //Use Joker

-            Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker);

-            SelectRandomSong;

-            SetJoker;

-          end; }

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenSong.Create;

-var

-  i: integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Song);

-

-  TextArtist := AddText(Theme.Song.TextArtist);

-  TextTitle :=  AddText(Theme.Song.TextTitle);

-  TextNumber := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNumber);

-

-  //Show Cat in Top Left mod

-  TextCat := AddText(Theme.Song.TextCat);

-  StaticCat :=  AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticCat);

-

-  //Show Video Icon Mod

-  VideoIcon := AddStatic(Theme.Song.VideoIcon);

-

-  //Party Mode

-  StaticTeam1Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker1);

-  StaticTeam1Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker2);

-  StaticTeam1Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker3);

-  StaticTeam1Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker4);

-  StaticTeam1Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker5);

-

-  StaticTeam2Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker1);

-  StaticTeam2Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker2);

-  StaticTeam2Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker3);

-  StaticTeam2Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker4);

-  StaticTeam2Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker5);

-

-  StaticTeam3Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker1);

-  StaticTeam3Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker2);

-  StaticTeam3Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker3);

-  StaticTeam3Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker4);

-  StaticTeam3Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker5);

-

-  //Load Party or NonParty specific Statics and Texts

-  SetLength(StaticParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticParty));

-  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticParty) do

-    StaticParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticParty[i]);

-

-  SetLength(TextParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextParty));

-  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextParty) do

-    TextParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextParty[i]);

-

-  SetLength(StaticNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty));

-  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty) do

-    StaticNonParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty[i]);

-

-  SetLength(TextNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextNonParty));

-  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextNonParty) do

-    TextNonParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNonParty[i]);

-

-  // Song List

-  //Songs.LoadSongList; // moved to the UltraStar unit

-  CatSongs.Refresh;

-

-  GenerateThumbnails();

-

-

-  // Randomize Patch

-  Randomize;

-  //Equalizer

-  SetLength(EqualizerBands, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Bands);

-  //ClearArray

-  For I := low(EqualizerBands) to high(EqualizerBands) do

-    EqualizerBands[I] := 3;

-

-  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0) then

-    Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails();

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  LoadNoCover: boolean;

-  OldTextureLimit: integer;

-begin

-  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) <= 0) then

-    Exit;

-

-  // set length of button array once instead for every song

-  SetButtonLength(Length(CatSongs.Song));

-

-  // backup and set texture limit

-  OldTextureLimit := Texture.Limit;

-  Texture.Limit := 512;

-

-  // create all buttons

-  for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do

-  begin

-    // if cover not found then show 'no cover'

-    if (not FileExists(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover)) then

-      CatSongs.Song[I].Cover := '';

-

-    if (CatSongs.Song[I].Cover = '') then

-    begin

-      LoadNoCover := true;

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      // cache texture if there is a need to this

-      if (not Covers.CoverExists(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover)) then

-      begin

-        Texture.CreateCacheMipmap := true;

-        Texture.GetTexture(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true); // preloads textures and creates cache mipmap

-        Texture.CreateCacheMipmap := false;

-

-        // puts this texture to the cache file

-        Covers.AddCover(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover);

-

-        // unload full size texture

-        Texture.UnloadTexture(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);

-

-        // TODO: we should also add mipmap texture by calling createtexture and use mipmap cache as data source

-      end;

-

-      // and now load it from cache file (small place for the optimization by eliminating reading it from file, but not here)

-      try

-        // FIXME: do we really need try-except here? AddButton does not seem to throw exceptions if it fails.

-        AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections);

-        LoadNoCover := false;

-      except

-        // report error and change cover to NoCover

-        Log.LogError('Could not load Cover: ' + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover);

-        LoadNoCover := true;

-      end;

-    end;

-

-    if (LoadNoCover) then

-    begin

-      try

-        // FIXME: do we really need try-except here? AddButton does not seem to throw exceptions if it fails.

-        AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections)

-      except

-        // NoSong Cover is damaged

-        Log.LogError('NoCover Cover is damaged!');

-        // set a dummy cover and start loading next Song

-        try

-          // FIXME: do we really need try-except here? AddButton does not seem to throw exceptions if it fails.

-          AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, '', TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections);

-        except

-          ShowMessage('"No Cover" image is damaged. Ultrastar will exit now.');

-          Halt;

-        end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  // restore texture limit

-  Texture.Limit := OldTextureLimit;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll;

-var

-  VS, B: Integer;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;

-  if VS > 0 then

-  begin

-    //Set Positions

-    Case Theme.Song.Cover.Style of

-      3: SetScroll3;

-      5:begin

-          if VS > 5 then

-            SetScroll5

-          else

-            SetScroll4;

-        end;

-      6: SetScroll6;

-      else SetScroll4;

-    end;

-    //Set Visibility of Video Icon

-    Static[VideoIcon].Visible := (CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Video <> '');

-

-    //Set Texts:

-    Text[TextArtist].Text := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Artist;

-    Text[TextTitle].Text  :=  CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Title;

-    if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) And (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then

-    begin

-      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].OrderNum) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.CatCount);

-      Text[TextTitle].Text  := '(' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + ' ' + Language.Translate('SING_SONGS_IN_CAT') + ')';

-    end

-    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -2) then

-      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)

-    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then

-      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)

-    else if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then

-      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction - CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber].CatNumber)

-    else

-      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(Interaction+1) + '/' + IntToStr(Length(CatSongs.Song));

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextNumber].Text := '0/0';

-    Text[TextArtist].Text := '';

-    Text[TextTitle].Text  := '';

-    for B := 0 to High(Button) do

-      Button[B].Visible := False;

-

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll1;

-var

-  B:      integer;    // button

-  //BMin:   integer;    // button min // Auto Removed, Unused Variable

-  //BMax:   integer;    // button max // Auto Removed, Unused Variable

-  Src:    integer;

-  //Dst:    integer;

-  Count:  integer;    // Dst is not used. Count is used.

-  Ready:  boolean;

-

-  VisCount: integer;  // count of visible (or selectable) buttons

-  VisInt:   integer;  // visible position of interacted button

-  Typ:      integer;  // 0 when all songs fits the screen

-  Placed:   integer;  // number of placed visible buttons

-begin

-  //Src := 0;

-  //Dst := -1;

-  Count := 1;

-  Typ := 0;

-  Ready := false;

-  Placed := 0;

-

-  VisCount := 0;

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do

-    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then Inc(VisCount);

-

-  VisInt := 0;

-  for B := 0 to Interaction-1 do

-    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then Inc(VisInt);

-

-

-  if VisCount <= 6 then begin

-    Typ := 0;

-  end else begin

-    if VisInt <= 3 then begin

-      Typ := 1;

-      Count := 7;

-      Ready := true;

-    end;

-

-    if (VisCount - VisInt) <= 3 then begin

-      Typ := 2;

-      Count := 7;

-      Ready := true;

-    end;

-

-    if not Ready then begin

-      Typ := 3;

-      Src := Interaction;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-

-

-  // hide all buttons

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin

-    Button[B].Visible := false;

-    Button[B].Selectable := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;

-  end;

-

-  {

-  for B := Src to Dst do begin

-    //Button[B].Visible := true;

-    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;

-    Button[B].Selectable := Button[B].Visible;

-    Button[B].Y := 140 + (B-Src) * 60;

-  end;

-  }

-

-

-  if Typ = 0 then begin

-    for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin

-        Button[B].Visible := true;

-        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;

-        Inc(Placed);

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  if Typ = 1 then begin

-    B := 0;

-    while (Count > 0) do begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin

-        Button[B].Visible := true;

-        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;

-        Inc(Placed);

-        Dec(Count);

-      end;

-      Inc(B);

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  if Typ = 2 then begin

-    B := High(Button);

-    while (Count > 0) do begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin

-        Button[B].Visible := true;

-        Button[B].Y := 140 + (6-Placed) * 60;

-        Inc(Placed);

-        Dec(Count);

-      end;

-      Dec(B);

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  if Typ = 3 then begin

-    B := Src;

-    Count := 4;

-    while (Count > 0) do begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin

-        Button[B].Visible := true;

-        Button[B].Y := 140 + (3+Placed) * 60;

-        Inc(Placed);

-        Dec(Count);

-      end;

-      Inc(B);

-    end;

-

-    B := Src-1;

-    Placed := 0;

-    Count := 3;

-    while (Count > 0) do begin

-      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin

-        Button[B].Visible := true;

-        Button[B].Y := 140 + (2-Placed) * 60;

-        Inc(Placed);

-        Dec(Count);

-      end;

-      Dec(B);

-    end;

-

-  end;

-

-  if Length(Button) > 0 then

-    Static[1].Texture.Y := Button[Interaction].Y - 5; // selection texture

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll2;

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  //Wsp:    integer; // wspolczynnik przesuniecia wzgledem srodka ekranu 

-  //Wsp2:   real;

-begin

-  // liniowe

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do

-    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - Interaction) * 260;

-

-  if Length(Button) >= 3 then begin

-    if Interaction = 0 then

-      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;

-

-    if Interaction = High(Button) then

-      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;

-  end;

-

-  // kolowe

-  {

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin

-    Wsp := (B - Interaction); // 0 dla srodka, -1 dla lewego, +1 dla prawego itd.

-    Wsp2 := Wsp / Length(Button);

-    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Wsp2);

-    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;

-  end;

-  }

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll3; // with slide

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  //Wsp:    integer; // wspolczynnik przesuniecia wzgledem srodka ekranu

-  //Wsp2:   real;

-begin

-  SongTarget := Interaction;

-

-  // liniowe

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do

-  begin

-    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - SongCurrent) * 260;

-    if (Button[B].X < -Button[B].W) OR (Button[B].X > 800) then

-      Button[B].Visible := False

-    else

-      Button[B].Visible := True;

-  end;

-

-  {

-  if Length(Button) >= 3 then begin

-    if Interaction = 0 then

-      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;

-

-    if Interaction = High(Button) then

-      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;

-  end;

-  }

-

-  // kolowe

-  {

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin

-    Wsp := (B - Interaction); // 0 dla srodka, -1 dla lewego, +1 dla prawego itd.

-    Wsp2 := Wsp / Length(Button);

-    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Wsp2);

-    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;

-  end;

-  }

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4; // rotate

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  Wsp:    real;

-  Z, Z2:      real;

-  VS:     integer;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // 0.5.0 (I): cached, very important

-

-  // kolowe

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin

-    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // nowe

-    if Button[B].Visible then begin // 0.5.0 optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed

-

-    Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms

-

-    Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2;

-    Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;

-

-

-    Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Wsp)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs

-    Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;

-

-    Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;

-

-    //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;

-    Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ;

-    Button[B].H := Button[B].W;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-(*

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4; // rotate

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  Wsp:    real;

-  Z:      real;

-  Z2, Z3:     real;

-  VS:     integer;

-  function modreal (const X, Y: real):real;

-  begin

-    Result := Frac(x / y) * y;

-    if Result < -3 then

-      Result := Result + Y

-    else if Result > 3 then

-      Result := Result - Y;

-  end;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // 0.5.0 (I): cached, very important

-  Z3 := 1;

-  if VS < 12 then

-    Z2 := VS

-  else

-    Z2 := 12;

-

-  // kolowe

-  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin

-    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // nowe

-    if Button[B].Visible then begin // 0.5.0 optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed

-      if ((ModReal(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent, VS)>-3) and (ModReal(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent, VS)<3)) then

-      begin

-        if CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B)> SongCurrent then

-          Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  Z2

-        else

-          Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  Z2;

-

-        Z3 := 2;

-        Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2;

-        //Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;

-        //Z2 := (0.5 + Z/2);

-        //Z2 := sin(Wsp);

-

-        //Z2 := Power (Z2,Z3);

-

-        Button[B].W := Theme.Song.CoverW * Power(cos(Wsp), Z3);//Power(Z2, 3);

-

-        //Button[B].X := Theme.Song.CoverX + ({Theme.Song.CoverX + Theme.Song.CoverW/2 + Theme.Song.CoverW*0.18 * VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs {Length(Button) * sin(Wsp) {- Theme.Song.CoverX - Theme.Song.CoverW) * Z2; // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs

-        if (sin(Wsp)<0) then

-          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W

-        else //*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.004*Z3

-          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX;

-        Button[B].Z := Z-0.00001;

-

-        //Button[B].Y := {50 + 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;

-        //Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.CoverY  + 40 + 50 - 50 * Z2);

-        Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.CoverY  + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W);

-        Button[B].H := Button[B].W;

-        Button[B].Visible := True;

-      end

-      {else if (((CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)>-3) and ((CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)<3)) OR ((round (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) mod VS > -3) and ((CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)<3)) then

-      begin

-        Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  12 ;// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms

-

-        Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2 -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers

-

-        Button[B].W := Theme.Song.CoverW * Power(cos(Wsp), Z3);//Power(Z2, 3);

-

-        if (sin(Wsp)<0) then

-          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W

-        else

-          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX;

-

-        Button[B].Z := Z;

-

-        Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.CoverY  + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W);

-

-        Button[B].H := Button[B].W;

-        Button[B].Visible := True;

-      end

-      else Button[B].Visible := False;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;      *)

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll5; // rotate

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  Angle:    real;

-  Pos:    Real;

-  VS:     integer;

-  diff:     real;

-  X:        Real;

-  helper: real;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // cache Visible Songs

-  {

-  //Vars

-  Theme.Song.CoverW: Radius des Kreises

-  Theme.Song.CoverX: X Pos Linke Kante des gewählten Covers

-  Theme.Song.CoverX: Y Pos Obere Kante des gewählten Covers

-  Theme.Song.CoverH: Höhe der Cover

-

-  (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)/VS = Distance to middle Cover in %

-  }

-

-  //Change Pos of all Buttons

-  for B := low(Button) to high(Button) do

-  begin

-    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility

-    if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons

-    begin

-      Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);

-      if (Pos < -VS/2) then

-        Pos := Pos + VS

-      else if (Pos > VS/2) then

-        Pos := Pos - VS;

-

-      if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions}

-      begin

-      Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5);

-      //Button[B].Visible := False;

-

-      Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);

-

-      //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;

-      Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;

-

-      Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;

-

-      Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);

-

-      Button[B].W := Button[B].H;

-

-      Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;

-

-

-      X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9;

-

-      Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff;

-

-      end

-      else

-      begin {Behind the Front Covers}

-

-        // limit-bg-covers hack

-        if (abs(abs(Pos)-VS/2)>10) then Button[B].Visible:=False;

-        // end of limit-bg-covers hack

-

-        if Pos < 0 then

-          Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS

-        else

-          Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS;

-

-        Angle := pi * Pos*2;

-        if VS > 24 then

-        begin

-          if Angle < 0 then helper:=-1 else helper:=1;

-          Angle:=2*pi-abs(Angle);

-          Angle:=Angle*(VS/24);

-          Angle:=(2*pi-Angle)*helper;

-        end;

-

-        Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers

-

-        Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);

-

-        Button[B].W := Button[B].H;

-

-        Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.75;

-

-        //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;

-        Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;

-

-        Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;

-

-        Button[B].X :=  Theme.Song.Cover.X+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*((Theme.Song.Cover.H)*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);

-

-      end;

-

-      //Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Button[B].H)/1.5); //Cover at down border of the change field

-      //Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Button[B].H) * 0.7);

-

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll6; // rotate (slotmachine style)

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  Angle:    real;

-  Pos:    Real;

-  VS:     integer;

-  diff:     real;

-  X:        Real;

-  Wsp:    real;

-  Z, Z2:      real;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // cache Visible Songs

-  if VS <=5 then begin

-    // kolowe

-    for B := 0 to High(Button) do

-    begin

-      Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // nowe

-      if Button[B].Visible then begin // 0.5.0 optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed

-

-      Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms

-

-      Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2;

-      Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;

-

-

-      Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Wsp)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs

-      Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;

-

-      Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;

-

-      //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;

-      Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ;

-      Button[B].H := Button[B].W;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end

-  else begin

-

-    //Change Pos of all Buttons

-    for B := low(Button) to high(Button) do

-      begin

-          Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility

-      if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons

-        begin

-        Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);

-        if (Pos < -VS/2) then

-          Pos := Pos + VS

-        else if (Pos > VS/2) then

-          Pos := Pos - VS;

-

-        if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions}

-        begin

-          Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5);

-          //Button[B].Visible := False;

-

-          Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);

-

-          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;

-

-          Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;

-

-          Button[B].X := (Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);

-

-          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;

-

-          Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;

-

-

-          X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9;

-

-          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff;

-        end

-        else

-        begin {Behind the Front Covers}

-

-          // limit-bg-covers hack

-          if (abs(VS/2-abs(Pos))>10) then Button[B].Visible:=False;

-          if VS > 25 then VS:=25;

-          // end of limit-bg-covers hack

-

-          if Pos < 0 then

-            Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS

-          else

-            Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS;

-

-          Angle := Pi * Pos*2;

-

-          Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers

-

-          Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);

-

-          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;

-

-          Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.5;

-

-

-          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;

-

-          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*(Theme.Song.Cover.H*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);

-        end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-

-procedure TScreenSong.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  AudioPlayback.Stop;

-

-  if Ini.Players <= 3 then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;

-  if Ini.Players  = 4 then PlayersPlay := 6;

-

-  //Cat Mod etc

-  if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then

-  begin

-    CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-    FixSelected;

-    //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-    HideCatTL;

-  end;

-

-  if Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0 then

-  begin

-    //Load Music only when Song Preview is activated

-    if ( Ini.PreviewVolume   <> 0 ) then

-    begin                                            // to - do : new Song management

-      StartMusicPreview(CatSongs.Song[Interaction]);

-    end;

-

-    SetScroll;

-    //UpdateLCD;  //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-  end;

-

-  //Playlist Mode

-  if (Mode = smNormal) then

-  begin

-    //If Playlist Shown -> Select Next automatically

-    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then

-    begin

-      SelectNext;

-      ChangeMusic;

-    end;

-  end

-  //Party Mode

-  else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then

-  begin

-    SelectRandomSong;

-    //Show Menu directly in PartyMode

-    //But only if selected in Options

-    if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then

-    begin

-      ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  SetJoker;

-  SetStatics;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.onHide;

-begin

-  // if music fading is activated, turn music to 100%

-  If (IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume] <> 1.0) or (Ini.PreviewFading <> 0) then

-    AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0);

-

-  // if preview is deactivated: load musicfile now

-  If (IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume] = 0) then

-    AudioPlayback.Open(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Path + CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Mp3);

-

-  // if hide then stop music (for party mode popup on exit)

-  if (Display.NextScreen <> @ScreenSing) and

-     (Display.NextScreen <> @ScreenSingModi) then

-  begin

-    if (AudioPlayback <> nil) then

-      AudioPlayback.Stop;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.DrawExtensions;

-begin

-  //Draw Song Menu

-  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then

-  begin

-    ScreenSongMenu.Draw;

-  end

-  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then

-  begin

-    ScreenSongJumpto.Draw;

-  end

-end;

-

-function TScreenSong.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  dx:   real;

-  dt:   real;

-  I:    Integer;

-begin

-  dx := SongTarget-SongCurrent;

-  dt := TimeSkip * 7;

-

-  if dt > 1 then

-    dt := 1;

-    

-  SongCurrent := SongCurrent + dx*dt;

-

-  {

-  if SongCurrent > Catsongs.VisibleSongs then begin

-    SongCurrent := SongCurrent - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;

-    SongTarget := SongTarget - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;

-  end;

-  }

-

-  //Log.BenchmarkStart(5);

-

-  SetScroll;

-

-  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(5);

-  //Log.LogBenchmark('SetScroll4', 5);

-

-  //Fading Functions, Only if Covertime is under 5 Seconds

-  if (CoverTime < 5) then

-  begin

-    // cover fade

-    if (CoverTime < 1) and (CoverTime + TimeSkip >= 1) then

-    begin

-      // load new texture

-      Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);

-      Button[Interaction].Texture.Alpha := 1;

-      Button[Interaction].Texture2 := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);

-      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;

-    end;

-

-    //Song Fade

-    if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) and

-       (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and

-       (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) and

-       (Ini.PreviewFading <> 0) then

-    begin

-      //Start Song Fade after a little Time, to prevent Song to be Played on Scrolling

-      if ((MusicStartTime > 0) and (SDL_GetTicks() >= MusicStartTime)) then

-      begin

-        MusicStartTime := 0;

-        StartMusicPreview(CatSongs.Song[Interaction]);

-      end;

-    end;

-

-

-    //Update Fading Time

-    CoverTime := CoverTime + TimeSkip;

-

-    //Update Fading Texture

-    Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := (CoverTime - 1) * 1.5;

-    if Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha > 1 then

-      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;

-

-  end;

-

-  //inherited Draw;

-  //heres a little Hack, that causes the Statics

-  //are Drawn after the Buttons because of some Blending Problems.

-  //This should cause no Problems because all Buttons on this screen

-  //Has Z Position.

-  //Draw BG

-  DrawBG;

-

-  //Instead of Draw FG Procedure:

-  //We draw Buttons for our own

-  for I := 0 to Length(Button) - 1 do

-    Button[I].Draw;

-

-  // Statics

-  for I := 0 to Length(Static) - 1 do

-    Static[I].Draw;

-

-  // and texts

-  for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do

-    Text[I].Draw;

-

-

-  //Draw Equalizer

-  if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Visible then

-    DrawEqualizer;

-

-  DrawExtensions;

-

-  Result := true;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SelectNext;

-var

-  Skip:   integer;

-  VS:     Integer;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;

-

-  if VS > 0 then

-  begin

-    UnLoadDetailedCover;

-

-    Skip := 1;

-

-    // this 1 could be changed by CatSongs.FindNextVisible

-    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do

-      Inc(Skip);

-

-    SongTarget := SongTarget + 1;//Skip;

-

-    Interaction := (Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions);

-

-    // try to keep all at the beginning

-    if SongTarget > VS-1 then begin

-      SongTarget := SongTarget - VS;

-      SongCurrent := SongCurrent - VS;

-    end;

-

-  end;

-

-  // Interaction -> Button, ktorego okladke przeczytamy

-  //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); // 0.5.0: show uncached texture

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SelectPrev;

-var

-  Skip:   integer;

-  VS:     Integer;

-begin

-  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;

-

-  if VS > 0 then

-  begin

-    UnLoadDetailedCover;

-

-    Skip := 1;

-

-    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do Inc(Skip);

-    SongTarget := SongTarget - 1;//Skip;

-

-    Interaction := (Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions);

-

-    // try to keep all at the beginning

-    if SongTarget < 0 then begin

-      SongTarget := SongTarget + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;

-      SongCurrent := SongCurrent + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;

-    end;

-

-  //  Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); // 0.5.0: show uncached texture

-  end;

-end;

-

-(*

-procedure TScreenSong.UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-begin

-  LCD.HideCursor;

-  LCD.Clear;

-  LCD.WriteText(1, Text[TextArtist].Text);

-  LCD.WriteText(2, Text[TextTitle].Text);

-

-end;

-*)

-

-procedure TScreenSong.StartMusicPreview(Song: TSong);

-begin

-  AudioPlayback.Close();

-

-  if not assigned(Song) then

-    Exit;

-

-  if AudioPlayback.Open(Song.Path + Song.Mp3) then

-  begin

-    AudioPlayback.Position := AudioPlayback.Length / 4;

-    // set preview volume

-    if (Ini.PreviewFading = 0) then

-    begin

-      // music fade disabled: start with full volume

-      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);

-      AudioPlayback.Play()

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      // music fade enabled: start muted and fade-in

-      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0);

-      AudioPlayback.FadeIn(Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//Procedure Change current played Preview

-procedure TScreenSong.ChangeMusic;

-begin

-  //When Music Preview is avtivated -> then Change Music

-  if (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) then

-    begin

-    // Stop previous song

-    AudioPlayback.Stop;

-    // Disable music start delay

-    MusicStartTime := 0;

-

-    if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) then

-    begin

-      // delay start of music for 200ms (see Draw())

-      MusicStartTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 200;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SkipTo(Target: Cardinal);

-var

-  i:      integer;

-begin

-  UnLoadDetailedCover;

-

-  Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song);

-  SongTarget  := 0;

-

-  for i := 1 to Target+1 do

-    SelectNext;

-

-  FixSelected2;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.DrawEqualizer;

-var

-  I, J: Integer;

-  ChansPerBand: byte; // channels per band

-  MaxChannel: Integer;

-  CurBand: Integer; // current band

-  CurTime: Cardinal;

-  PosX, PosY: Integer;

-  Pos: Real;

-begin

-  // Nothing to do if no music is played or an equalizer bar consists of no block

-  if (AudioPlayback.Finished or (Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length <= 0)) then

-    Exit;

-

-  CurTime := SDL_GetTicks();

-

-  // Evaluate FFT-data every 44 ms

-  if (CurTime >= EqualizerTime) then

-  begin

-    EqualizerTime := CurTime + 44;

-    AudioPlayback.GetFFTData(EqualizerData);

-

-    Pos := 0;

-    // use only the first approx. 92 of 256 FFT-channels (approx. up to 8kHz

-    ChansPerBand := ceil(92 / Theme.Song.Equalizer.Bands); // How much channels are used for one Band

-    MaxChannel := ChansPerBand * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Bands - 1;

-

-    // Change Lengths

-    for i := 0 to MaxChannel do

-    begin

-      // Gain higher freq. data so that the bars are visible

-      if i > 35 then

-        EqualizerData[i] := EqualizerData[i] * 8

-      else if i > 11 then

-        EqualizerData[i] := EqualizerData[i] * 4.5

-      else

-        EqualizerData[i] := EqualizerData[i] * 1.1;

-

-      // clamp data

-      if (EqualizerData[i] > 1) then

-        EqualizerData[i] := 1;

-

-      // Get max. pos

-      if (EqualizerData[i] * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length > Pos) then

-        Pos := EqualizerData[i] * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length;

-

-      // Check if this is the last channel in the band

-      if ((i+1) mod ChansPerBand = 0) then

-      begin

-        CurBand := i div ChansPerBand;

-

-        // Smooth delay if new equalizer is lower than the old one

-        if ((EqualizerBands[CurBand] > Pos) and (EqualizerBands[CurBand] > 1)) then

-          EqualizerBands[CurBand] := EqualizerBands[CurBand] - 1

-        else

-          EqualizerBands[CurBand] := Round(Pos);

-

-        Pos := 0;

-      end;

-    end;

-

-  end;

-

-  // Draw equalizer bands

-

-  // Setup OpenGL

-  glColor4f(Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColR, Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColG, Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColB, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Alpha);

-  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-  glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-

-  // Set position of the first equalizer bar

-  PosY := Theme.Song.Equalizer.Y;

-  PosX := Theme.Song.Equalizer.X;

-

-  // Draw bars for each band

-  for I := 0 to High(EqualizerBands) do

-  begin

-    // Reset to lower or left position depending on the drawing-direction

-    if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Direction then // Vertical bars

-      // FIXME: Is Theme.Song.Equalizer.Y the upper or lower coordinate?

-      PosY := Theme.Song.Equalizer.Y //+ (Theme.Song.Equalizer.H + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space) * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length

-    else                                   // Horizontal bars

-      PosX := Theme.Song.Equalizer.X;

-

-    // Draw the bar as a stack of blocks

-    for J := 1 to EqualizerBands[I] do

-    begin

-      // Draw block

-      glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-        glVertex3f(PosX, PosY, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);

-        glVertex3f(PosX, PosY+Theme.Song.Equalizer.H, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);

-        glVertex3f(PosX+Theme.Song.Equalizer.W, PosY+Theme.Song.Equalizer.H, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);

-        glVertex3f(PosX+Theme.Song.Equalizer.W, PosY, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);

-      glEnd;

-

-      // Calc position of the bar's next block

-      if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Direction then // Vertical bars

-        PosY := PosY - Theme.Song.Equalizer.H - Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space

-      else                                   // Horizontal bars

-        PosX := PosX + Theme.Song.Equalizer.W + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space;

-    end;

-

-    // Calc position of the next bar

-    if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Direction then // Vertical bars

-      PosX := PosX + Theme.Song.Equalizer.W + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space

-    else                                   // Horizontal bars

-      PosY := PosY + Theme.Song.Equalizer.H + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SelectRandomSong;

-var

-  I, I2: Integer;

-begin

-  case PlaylistMan.Mode of

-      smNormal:  //All Songs Just Select Random Song

-        begin

-          //When Tabs are activated then use Tab Method

-          if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then

-          begin

-            repeat

-              I2 := Random(high(CatSongs.Song)+1) - low(CatSongs.Song)+1;

-            until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false;

-

-            //Search Cat

-            for I := I2 downto low(CatSongs.Song) do

-            begin

-              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then

-                break;

-            end;

-            //In I ist jetzt die Kategorie in I2 der Song

-            //I is the CatNum, I2 is the No of the Song within this Cat

-

-            //Choose Cat

-            CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-

-            //Show Cat in Top Left Mod

-            ShowCatTL (I);

-

-            CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);

-            SelectNext;

-

-            //Choose Song

-            SkipTo(I2-I);

-          end

-          //When Tabs are deactivated use easy Method

-          else

-            SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));

-        end;

-      smPartyMode:  //One Category Select Category and Select Random Song

-        begin

-          CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-          CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);

-          ShowCatTL(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);

-

-          SelectNext;

-          FixSelected2;

-

-          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));

-        end;

-      smPlaylistRandom:  //Playlist: Select Playlist and Select Random Song

-        begin

-          PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);

-

-          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));

-          FixSelected2;

-        end;

-  end;

-

-  AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);

-  ChangeMusic;

-  SetScroll;

-  //UpdateLCD;  //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetJoker;

-begin

-  // If Party Mode

-  // to-do : Party

-  if Mode = smPartyMode then //Show Joker that are available

-  begin

-  (*

-    if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 1);

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 2);

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 3);

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 4);

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 5);

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := False;

-    end;

-

-    if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 1);

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 2);

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 3);

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 4);

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 5);

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := False;

-    end;

-

-    if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 1);

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 2);

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 3);

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 4);

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 5);

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := False;

-      Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := False;

-    end;

-  *)

-  end

-  else

-  begin //Hide all

-    Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := False;

-

-    Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := False;

-

-    Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := False;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SetStatics;

-var

-  I:       Integer;

-  Visible: Boolean;

-begin

-  //Set Visibility of Party Statics and Text

-  Visible := (Mode = smPartyMode);

-

-  for I := 0 to high(StaticParty) do

-    Static[StaticParty[I]].Visible := Visible;

-

-  for I := 0 to high(TextParty) do

-    Text[TextParty[I]].Visible := Visible;

-

-  //Set Visibility of Non Party Statics and Text

-  Visible := not Visible;

-

-  for I := 0 to high(StaticNonParty) do

-    Static[StaticNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;

-

-  for I := 0 to high(TextNonParty) do

-    Text[TextNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;

-end;

-

-//Procedures for Menu

-

-procedure TScreenSong.StartSong;

-begin

-  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;

-  AudioPlayback.Stop;

-  //Party Mode

-  if (Mode = smPartyMode) then

-  begin

-    FadeTo(@ScreenSingModi);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    FadeTo(@ScreenSing);

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.SelectPlayers;

-begin

-  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;

-  AudioPlayback.Stop;

-

-  ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := True;

-  FadeTo(@ScreenName);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.OpenEditor;

-begin

-  if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and

-     (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and

-     (Mode = smNormal) then

-  begin

-    AudioPlayback.Stop;

-    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);

-    CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];

-    FadeTo(@ScreenEditSub);

-  end;

-end;

-

-//Team No of Team (0-5)

-procedure TScreenSong.DoJoker (Team: Byte);

-begin

-  {

-  if (Mode = smPartyMode) and

-     (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= Team + 1) and

-     (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Joker > 0) then

-  begin

-    //Use Joker

-    Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Joker);

-    SelectRandomSong;

-    SetJoker;

-  end;

-  }

-end;

-

-//Detailed Cover Unloading. Unloads the Detailed, uncached Cover of the cur. Song

-procedure TScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;

-begin

-  CoverTime := 0;

-

-  // show cached texture

-  Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);

-  Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 0;

-

-  if Button[Interaction].Texture.Name <> Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover') then

-    Texture.UnloadTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenSong.Refresh;

-begin

-  {

-  CatSongs.Refresh;

-  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;

-  Interaction := 0;

-  SelectNext;

-  FixSelected;

-  }

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenSong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  UTime,
+  UDisplay,
+  USongs,
+  SysUtils,
+  UCommon,
+  ULog,
+  UThemes,
+  UTexture,
+  ULanguage,
+  //ULCD, //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+  //ULight, //TODO: maybe Light Support as Plugin?
+  USong,
+  UIni;
+
+type
+  TScreenSong = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      EqualizerData: TFFTData; // moved here to avoid stack overflows
+      EqualizerBands: array of Byte;
+      EqualizerTime: Cardinal;
+
+      procedure StartMusicPreview(Song: TSong);
+    public
+      TextArtist:   integer;
+      TextTitle:    integer;
+      TextNumber:   integer;
+
+      //Video Icon Mod
+      VideoIcon:         Cardinal;
+
+      TextCat:   integer;
+      StaticCat: integer;
+
+      SongCurrent:  real;
+      SongTarget:   real;
+
+      HighSpeed:    boolean;
+      CoverFull:    boolean;
+      CoverTime:    real;
+      MusicStartTime: cardinal;
+
+      CoverX:       integer;
+      CoverY:       integer;
+      CoverW:       integer;
+      is_jump:      boolean; // Jump to Song Mod
+      is_jump_title:boolean; //Jump to SOng MOd-YTrue if search for Title
+
+      //Party Mod
+      Mode: TSingMode;
+
+      //party Statics (Joker)
+      StaticTeam1Joker1: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker2: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker3: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker4: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam1Joker5: Cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam2Joker1: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker2: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker3: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker4: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2Joker5: Cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam3Joker1: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker2: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker3: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker4: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3Joker5: Cardinal;
+
+      StaticParty:    array of Cardinal;
+      TextParty:      array of Cardinal;
+      StaticNonParty: array of Cardinal;
+      TextNonParty:   array of Cardinal;
+
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure SetScroll;
+      procedure SetScroll1;
+      procedure SetScroll2;
+      procedure SetScroll3;
+      procedure SetScroll4;
+      procedure SetScroll5;
+      procedure SetScroll6;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure GenerateThumbnails();
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure onHide; override;
+      procedure SelectNext;
+      procedure SelectPrev;
+      //procedure UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+      procedure SkipTo(Target: Cardinal);
+      procedure FixSelected; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+      procedure FixSelected2; //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+      procedure ShowCatTL(Cat: Integer);// Show Cat in Top left
+      procedure ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: String);// Show Custom Text in Top left
+      procedure HideCatTL;// Show Cat in Tob left
+      procedure Refresh; //Refresh Song Sorting
+      procedure DrawEqualizer;
+      procedure ChangeMusic;
+      //Party Mode
+      procedure SelectRandomSong;
+      procedure SetJoker;
+      procedure SetStatics;
+      //procedures for Menu
+      procedure StartSong;
+      procedure OpenEditor;
+      procedure DoJoker(Team: Byte);
+      procedure SelectPlayers;
+
+      procedure UnLoadDetailedCover;
+
+      //Extensions
+      procedure DrawExtensions;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+  UGraphic,
+  UMain,
+  UCovers,
+  math,
+  gl,
+  USkins,
+  UDLLManager,
+  UParty,
+  UPlaylist,
+  UScreenSongMenu;
+
+// ***** Public methods ****** //
+
+//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected;
+var I, I2: Integer;
+begin
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then
+  begin
+    I2:= 0;
+    for I := low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then
+        inc(I2);
+
+      if I = Interaction - 1 then
+        break;
+    end;
+
+    SongCurrent := I2;
+    SongTarget  := I2;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.FixSelected2;
+var I, I2: Integer;
+begin
+  if CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0 then
+  begin
+    I2:= 0;
+    for I := low(CatSongs.Song) to High(Catsongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[I].Visible then
+        inc(I2);
+
+      if I = Interaction - 1 then
+        break;
+    end;
+
+    SongTarget  := I2;
+  end;
+end;
+//Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix End
+
+procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Caption: String);// Show Custom Text in Top left
+begin
+  Text[TextCat].Text := Caption;
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Static[StaticCat].Visible := False;
+end;
+
+//Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+procedure TScreenSong.ShowCatTL(Cat: Integer);
+begin
+  //Change
+  Text[TextCat].Text := CatSongs.Song[Cat].Artist;
+  //showmessage(CatSongs.Song[Cat].Path + CatSongs.Song[Cat].Cover);
+  //Static[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+
+  Static[StaticCat].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+  //Texture.GetTexture(Button[Cat].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+
+  //Show
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := true;
+  Static[StaticCat].Visible := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.HideCatTL;
+begin
+  //Hide
+  //Text[TextCat].Visible := false;
+  Static[StaticCat].Visible := false;
+  //New -> Show Text specified in Theme
+  Text[TextCat].Visible := True;
+  Text[TextCat].Text := Theme.Song.TextCat.Text;
+end;
+//Show Cat in Top Left Mod End
+
+
+// Method for input parsing. If False is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenSong.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  I:      integer;
+  I2:     integer;
+  SDL_ModState:  Word;
+  Letter: WideChar;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  //Song Screen Extensions (Jumpto + Menu)
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongMenu.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+    Exit;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then
+  begin
+    Result := ScreenSongJumpto.ParseInput(PressedKey, CharCode, PressedDown);
+    Exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (PressedDown) then
+  begin // Key Down
+
+    SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+    //Jump to Artist/Titel
+    if ((SDL_ModState and KMOD_LALT <> 0) and (Mode = smNormal)) then
+    begin
+      if (WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] in ([WideChar('A')..WideChar('Z')]) ) then
+      begin
+        Letter := WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1];
+        I2 := Length(CatSongs.Song);
+
+        //Jump To Titel
+        if (SDL_ModState = (KMOD_LALT or KMOD_LSHIFT)) then
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+          begin
+            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) and
+               (Length(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title)>0) and
+               (WideStringUpperCase(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Title)[1] = Letter) then
+            begin
+              SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));
+
+              AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+              ChangeMusic;
+              SetScroll4;
+              //UpdateLCD;   //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+              //Break and Exit
+              Exit;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end
+        //Jump to Artist
+        else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+        begin
+          for I := 1 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+          begin
+            if (CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Visible) and
+               (Length(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist)>0) and
+               (WideStringUpperCase(CatSongs.Song[(I + Interaction) mod I2].Artist)[1] = Letter) then
+            begin
+              SkipTo(CatSongs.VisibleIndex((I + Interaction) mod I2));
+
+              AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+              ChangeMusic;
+              SetScroll4;
+              //UpdateLCD;   //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+
+              //Break and Exit
+              Exit;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Exit;
+    end;
+
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      'M': //Show SongMenu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) then
+          begin
+            if (Mode = smNormal) then
+            begin
+              if (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) then // clicked on Song
+              begin 
+                if CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3 then
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist)
+                else
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+              end;
+            end //Party Mode -> Show Party Menu
+            else
+            begin
+              ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+            end;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      'P': //Show Playlist Menu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+              ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist_Load);
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      'J': //Show Jumpto Menu
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            ScreenSongJumpto.Visible := True;
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      'E':
+        begin
+          OpenEditor;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+
+      'R':
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT) and (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then //Random Category
+            begin
+              I2 := 0; //Count Cats
+              for I:= low(CatSongs.Song) to high (CatSongs.Song) do
+              begin
+                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                  Inc(I2);
+              end;
+
+              I2 := Random (I2)+1; //Zufall
+
+              //Find Cat:
+              for I:= low(CatSongs.Song) to high (CatSongs.Song) do
+                begin
+                if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                  Dec(I2);
+                if (I2<=0) then
+                begin
+                  //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                  ShowCatTL (I);
+
+                  Interaction := I;
+
+                  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+                  CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+                  SelectNext;
+                  FixSelected;
+                  break;
+                end;
+              end;
+            end
+            else if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL) and (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then //random in All Categorys
+            begin
+              repeat
+                I2 := Random(high(CatSongs.Song)+1) - low(CatSongs.Song)+1;
+              until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false;
+
+              //Search Cat
+              for I := I2 downto low(CatSongs.Song) do
+              begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                break;
+              end;
+              
+              //In I is now the categorie in I2 the song
+
+              //Choose Cat
+              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              ShowCatTL (I);
+
+              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+              SelectNext;
+
+              //Fix: Not Existing Song selected:
+              //if (I+1=I2) then Inc(I2);
+
+              //Choose Song
+              SkipTo(I2-I);
+            end
+            else //Random in one Category
+            begin
+              SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+            end;
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+
+            ChangeMusic;
+            SetScroll4;
+            //UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+          end;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end; // normal keys
+
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack
+            if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow <> -1) then
+              begin
+              //Find Category
+              I := Interaction;
+              while not catsongs.Song[I].Main  do
+                begin
+                Dec (I);
+                if (I < low(catsongs.Song)) then
+                  break;
+                end;
+              if (I<= 1) then
+              Interaction := high(catsongs.Song)
+              else
+              Interaction := I - 1;
+
+              //Stop Music
+              AudioPlayback.Stop;
+
+              CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              HideCatTL;
+
+
+              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+              SelectNext;
+              FixSelected;
+              //SelectPrev;
+              //CatSongs.Song[0].Visible := False;
+              end
+            else
+            begin
+            //On Escape goto Cat-List Hack End
+              //Tabs off and in Search or Playlist -> Go back to Song view
+              if (CatSongs.CatNumShow < -1) then
+              begin
+                //Atm: Set Empty Filter
+                CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0);
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                HideCatTL;
+                Interaction := 0;
+
+                //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                ChangeMusic;
+              end
+              else
+              begin
+                AudioPlayback.Stop;
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+
+                FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+              end;
+
+            end;
+          end
+          //When in party Mode then Ask before Close
+          else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Songs.SongList.Count > 0 then
+          begin
+            {$IFDEF UseSerialPort}
+              // PortWriteB($378, 0);
+            {$ENDIF}
+            if CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main then
+            begin // clicked on Category Button
+              //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+              ShowCatTL (Interaction);
+
+              //I := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);
+              CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);
+              {I2 := CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction);
+              SongCurrent := SongCurrent - I + I2;
+              SongTarget := SongTarget - I + I2; }
+
+              //  SetScroll4;
+
+              //Show Wrong Song when Tabs on Fix
+              SelectNext;
+              FixSelected;
+
+              //Play Music:
+              ChangeMusic;
+            end
+            else
+            begin // clicked on song
+              if (Mode = smNormal) then //Normal Mode -> Start Song
+              begin
+                //Do the Action that is specified in Ini
+                case Ini.OnSongClick of
+                  0: StartSong;
+                  1: SelectPlayers;
+                  2:begin
+                      if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Playlist)
+                      else
+                        ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Main);
+                    end;
+                end;
+              end
+              else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then //PartyMode -> Show Menu
+              begin
+                if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then
+                  ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main)
+                else
+                  ScreenSong.StartSong;
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode
+            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then
+            begin
+              //Cat Change Hack
+              if Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1 then
+              begin
+                I := Interaction;
+                if I <= 0 then I := 1;
+
+                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main do
+                begin
+                  Inc (I);
+                  if (I > high(catsongs.Song)) then
+                    I := low(catsongs.Song);
+                end;
+
+                Interaction := I;
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                ShowCatTL (Interaction);
+
+                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Interaction);
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                //Play Music:
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+                ChangeMusic;
+
+              end;
+
+            //
+            //Cat Change Hack End}
+            end;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          if (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            //Only Change Cat when not in Playlist or Search Mode
+            if (CatSongs.CatNumShow > -2) then
+            begin
+              //Cat Change Hack
+              if Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1 then
+              begin
+                I := Interaction;
+                I2 := 0;
+                if I <= 0 then I := 1;
+
+                while not catsongs.Song[I].Main or (I2 = 0) do
+                begin
+                  if catsongs.Song[I].Main then
+                    Inc(I2);
+                  Dec (I);
+                  if (I < low(catsongs.Song)) then
+                    I := high(catsongs.Song);
+                end;
+
+                Interaction := I;
+
+                //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+                ShowCatTL (I);
+
+                CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+                SelectNext;
+                FixSelected;
+
+                //Play Music:
+                AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+                ChangeMusic;
+              end;
+            end;
+            //Cat Change Hack End}
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and (Mode = smNormal) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+            SelectNext;
+            //InteractNext;
+            //SongTarget := Interaction;
+            ChangeMusic;
+            SetScroll4;
+            //UpdateLCD;   //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+            //Light.LightOne(1, 200); //TODO: maybe Light Support as Plugin?
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0)and (Mode = smNormal)  then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+            SelectPrev;
+            ChangeMusic;
+            SetScroll4;
+            //UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+            //Light.LightOne(0, 200); //TODO: maybe Light Support as Plugin?
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_1:
+        begin //Joker // to-do : Party
+          {if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker > 0) then
+          begin
+            //Use Joker
+            Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker);
+            SelectRandomSong;
+            SetJoker;
+          end;  }
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_2:
+        begin //Joker
+          {if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker > 0) then
+          begin
+            //Use Joker
+            Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker);
+            SelectRandomSong;
+            SetJoker;
+          end;  }
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_3:
+        begin //Joker
+          {if (Mode = smPartyMode) and (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) and (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker > 0) then
+          begin
+            //Use Joker
+            Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker);
+            SelectRandomSong;
+            SetJoker;
+          end; }
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenSong.Create;
+var
+  i: integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Song);
+
+  TextArtist := AddText(Theme.Song.TextArtist);
+  TextTitle :=  AddText(Theme.Song.TextTitle);
+  TextNumber := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNumber);
+
+  //Show Cat in Top Left mod
+  TextCat := AddText(Theme.Song.TextCat);
+  StaticCat :=  AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticCat);
+
+  //Show Video Icon Mod
+  VideoIcon := AddStatic(Theme.Song.VideoIcon);
+
+  //Party Mode
+  StaticTeam1Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker1);
+  StaticTeam1Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker2);
+  StaticTeam1Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker3);
+  StaticTeam1Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker4);
+  StaticTeam1Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam1Joker5);
+
+  StaticTeam2Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker1);
+  StaticTeam2Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker2);
+  StaticTeam2Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker3);
+  StaticTeam2Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker4);
+  StaticTeam2Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam2Joker5);
+
+  StaticTeam3Joker1 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker1);
+  StaticTeam3Joker2 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker2);
+  StaticTeam3Joker3 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker3);
+  StaticTeam3Joker4 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker4);
+  StaticTeam3Joker5 := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticTeam3Joker5);
+
+  //Load Party or NonParty specific Statics and Texts
+  SetLength(StaticParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticParty) do
+    StaticParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(TextParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextParty) do
+    TextParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(StaticNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty) do
+    StaticNonParty[i] := AddStatic(Theme.Song.StaticNonParty[i]);
+
+  SetLength(TextNonParty, Length(Theme.Song.TextNonParty));
+  for i := 0 to High(Theme.Song.TextNonParty) do
+    TextNonParty[i] := AddText(Theme.Song.TextNonParty[i]);
+
+  // Song List
+  //Songs.LoadSongList; // moved to the UltraStar unit
+  CatSongs.Refresh;
+
+  GenerateThumbnails();
+
+
+  // Randomize Patch
+  Randomize;
+  //Equalizer
+  SetLength(EqualizerBands, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Bands);
+  //ClearArray
+  For I := low(EqualizerBands) to high(EqualizerBands) do
+    EqualizerBands[I] := 3;
+
+  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0) then
+    Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails();
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  LoadNoCover: boolean;
+  OldTextureLimit: integer;
+begin
+  if (Length(CatSongs.Song) <= 0) then
+    Exit;
+
+  // set length of button array once instead for every song
+  SetButtonLength(Length(CatSongs.Song));
+
+  // backup and set texture limit
+  OldTextureLimit := Texture.Limit;
+  Texture.Limit := 512;
+
+  // create all buttons
+  for I := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+  begin
+    // if cover not found then show 'no cover'
+    if (not FileExists(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover)) then
+      CatSongs.Song[I].Cover := '';
+
+    if (CatSongs.Song[I].Cover = '') then
+    begin
+      LoadNoCover := true;
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // cache texture if there is a need to this
+      if (not Covers.CoverExists(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover)) then
+      begin
+        Texture.CreateCacheMipmap := true;
+        Texture.GetTexture(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true); // preloads textures and creates cache mipmap
+        Texture.CreateCacheMipmap := false;
+
+        // puts this texture to the cache file
+        Covers.AddCover(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover);
+
+        // unload full size texture
+        Texture.UnloadTexture(CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+
+        // TODO: we should also add mipmap texture by calling createtexture and use mipmap cache as data source
+      end;
+
+      // and now load it from cache file (small place for the optimization by eliminating reading it from file, but not here)
+      try
+        // FIXME: do we really need try-except here? AddButton does not seem to throw exceptions if it fails.
+        AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, CatSongs.Song[I].Path + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections);
+        LoadNoCover := false;
+      except
+        // report error and change cover to NoCover
+        Log.LogError('Could not load Cover: ' + CatSongs.Song[I].Cover);
+        LoadNoCover := true;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (LoadNoCover) then
+    begin
+      try
+        // FIXME: do we really need try-except here? AddButton does not seem to throw exceptions if it fails.
+        AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections)
+      except
+        // NoSong Cover is damaged
+        Log.LogError('NoCover Cover is damaged!');
+        // set a dummy cover and start loading next Song
+        try
+          // FIXME: do we really need try-except here? AddButton does not seem to throw exceptions if it fails.
+          AddButton(300 + I*250, 140, 200, 200, '', TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, Theme.Song.Cover.Reflections);
+        except
+          ShowMessage('"No Cover" image is damaged. Ultrastar will exit now.');
+          Halt;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // restore texture limit
+  Texture.Limit := OldTextureLimit;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll;
+var
+  VS, B: Integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    //Set Positions
+    Case Theme.Song.Cover.Style of
+      3: SetScroll3;
+      5:begin
+          if VS > 5 then
+            SetScroll5
+          else
+            SetScroll4;
+        end;
+      6: SetScroll6;
+      else SetScroll4;
+    end;
+    //Set Visibility of Video Icon
+    Static[VideoIcon].Visible := (CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Video <> '');
+
+    //Set Texts:
+    Text[TextArtist].Text := CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Artist;
+    Text[TextTitle].Text  :=  CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Title;
+    if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) And (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then
+    begin
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].OrderNum) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.CatCount);
+      Text[TextTitle].Text  := '(' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + ' ' + Language.Translate('SING_SONGS_IN_CAT') + ')';
+    end
+    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -2) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)
+    else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(Interaction)+1) + '/' + IntToStr(VS)
+    else if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber) + '/' + IntToStr(CatSongs.Song[Interaction - CatSongs.Song[Interaction].CatNumber].CatNumber)
+    else
+      Text[TextNumber].Text := IntToStr(Interaction+1) + '/' + IntToStr(Length(CatSongs.Song));
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextNumber].Text := '0/0';
+    Text[TextArtist].Text := '';
+    Text[TextTitle].Text  := '';
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+      Button[B].Visible := False;
+
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll1;
+var
+  B:      integer;    // button
+  //BMin:   integer;    // button min // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+  //BMax:   integer;    // button max // Auto Removed, Unused Variable
+  Src:    integer;
+  //Dst:    integer;
+  Count:  integer;    // Dst is not used. Count is used.
+  Ready:  boolean;
+
+  VisCount: integer;  // count of visible (or selectable) buttons
+  VisInt:   integer;  // visible position of interacted button
+  Typ:      integer;  // 0 when all songs fits the screen
+  Placed:   integer;  // number of placed visible buttons
+begin
+  //Src := 0;
+  //Dst := -1;
+  Count := 1;
+  Typ := 0;
+  Ready := false;
+  Placed := 0;
+
+  VisCount := 0;
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then Inc(VisCount);
+
+  VisInt := 0;
+  for B := 0 to Interaction-1 do
+    if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then Inc(VisInt);
+
+
+  if VisCount <= 6 then begin
+    Typ := 0;
+  end else begin
+    if VisInt <= 3 then begin
+      Typ := 1;
+      Count := 7;
+      Ready := true;
+    end;
+
+    if (VisCount - VisInt) <= 3 then begin
+      Typ := 2;
+      Count := 7;
+      Ready := true;
+    end;
+
+    if not Ready then begin
+      Typ := 3;
+      Src := Interaction;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+
+
+  // hide all buttons
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin
+    Button[B].Visible := false;
+    Button[B].Selectable := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  for B := Src to Dst do begin
+    //Button[B].Visible := true;
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible;
+    Button[B].Selectable := Button[B].Visible;
+    Button[B].Y := 140 + (B-Src) * 60;
+  end;
+  }
+
+
+  if Typ = 0 then begin
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 1 then begin
+    B := 0;
+    while (Count > 0) do begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Inc(B);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 2 then begin
+    B := High(Button);
+    while (Count > 0) do begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (6-Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Dec(B);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if Typ = 3 then begin
+    B := Src;
+    Count := 4;
+    while (Count > 0) do begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (3+Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Inc(B);
+    end;
+
+    B := Src-1;
+    Placed := 0;
+    Count := 3;
+    while (Count > 0) do begin
+      if CatSongs.Song[B].Visible then begin
+        Button[B].Visible := true;
+        Button[B].Y := 140 + (2-Placed) * 60;
+        Inc(Placed);
+        Dec(Count);
+      end;
+      Dec(B);
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  if Length(Button) > 0 then
+    Static[1].Texture.Y := Button[Interaction].Y - 5; // selection texture
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll2;
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  //Wsp:    integer; // wspolczynnik przesuniecia wzgledem srodka ekranu 
+  //Wsp2:   real;
+begin
+  // liniowe
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - Interaction) * 260;
+
+  if Length(Button) >= 3 then begin
+    if Interaction = 0 then
+      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;
+
+    if Interaction = High(Button) then
+      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;
+  end;
+
+  // kolowe
+  {
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin
+    Wsp := (B - Interaction); // 0 dla srodka, -1 dla lewego, +1 dla prawego itd.
+    Wsp2 := Wsp / Length(Button);
+    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Wsp2);
+    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll3; // with slide
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  //Wsp:    integer; // wspolczynnik przesuniecia wzgledem srodka ekranu
+  //Wsp2:   real;
+begin
+  SongTarget := Interaction;
+
+  // liniowe
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].X := 300 + (B - SongCurrent) * 260;
+    if (Button[B].X < -Button[B].W) OR (Button[B].X > 800) then
+      Button[B].Visible := False
+    else
+      Button[B].Visible := True;
+  end;
+
+  {
+  if Length(Button) >= 3 then begin
+    if Interaction = 0 then
+      Button[High(Button)].X := 300 - 260;
+
+    if Interaction = High(Button) then
+      Button[0].X := 300 + 260;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  // kolowe
+  {
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin
+    Wsp := (B - Interaction); // 0 dla srodka, -1 dla lewego, +1 dla prawego itd.
+    Wsp2 := Wsp / Length(Button);
+    Button[B].X := 300 + 10000 * sin(2*pi*Wsp2);
+    //Button[B].Y := 140 + 50 * ;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4; // rotate
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Wsp:    real;
+  Z, Z2:      real;
+  VS:     integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // 0.5.0 (I): cached, very important
+
+  // kolowe
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // nowe
+    if Button[B].Visible then begin // 0.5.0 optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed
+
+    Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms
+
+    Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2;
+    Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;
+
+
+    Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Wsp)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs
+    Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;
+
+    Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;
+
+    //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;
+    Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ;
+    Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll4; // rotate
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Wsp:    real;
+  Z:      real;
+  Z2, Z3:     real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  function modreal (const X, Y: real):real;
+  begin
+    Result := Frac(x / y) * y;
+    if Result < -3 then
+      Result := Result + Y
+    else if Result > 3 then
+      Result := Result - Y;
+  end;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // 0.5.0 (I): cached, very important
+  Z3 := 1;
+  if VS < 12 then
+    Z2 := VS
+  else
+    Z2 := 12;
+
+  // kolowe
+  for B := 0 to High(Button) do begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // nowe
+    if Button[B].Visible then begin // 0.5.0 optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed
+      if ((ModReal(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent, VS)>-3) and (ModReal(CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent, VS)<3)) then
+      begin
+        if CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B)> SongCurrent then
+          Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  Z2
+        else
+          Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  Z2;
+
+        Z3 := 2;
+        Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2;
+        //Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;
+        //Z2 := (0.5 + Z/2);
+        //Z2 := sin(Wsp);
+
+        //Z2 := Power (Z2,Z3);
+
+        Button[B].W := Theme.Song.CoverW * Power(cos(Wsp), Z3);//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+        //Button[B].X := Theme.Song.CoverX + ({Theme.Song.CoverX + Theme.Song.CoverW/2 + Theme.Song.CoverW*0.18 * VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs {Length(Button) * sin(Wsp) {- Theme.Song.CoverX - Theme.Song.CoverW) * Z2; // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs
+        if (sin(Wsp)<0) then
+          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W
+        else //*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.004*Z3
+          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX;
+        Button[B].Z := Z-0.00001;
+
+        //Button[B].Y := {50 + 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;
+        //Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.CoverY  + 40 + 50 - 50 * Z2);
+        Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.CoverY  + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W);
+        Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+        Button[B].Visible := True;
+      end
+      {else if (((CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)>-3) and ((CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)<3)) OR ((round (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) mod VS > -3) and ((CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)<3)) then
+      begin
+        Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  12 ;// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms
+
+        Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2 -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+        Button[B].W := Theme.Song.CoverW * Power(cos(Wsp), Z3);//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+        if (sin(Wsp)<0) then
+          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W
+        else
+          Button[B].X := sin(Wsp)*Theme.Song.CoverX*Theme.Song.CoverW*0.007 + Theme.Song.CoverX;
+
+        Button[B].Z := Z;
+
+        Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.CoverY  + Theme.Song.CoverW - Button[B].W);
+
+        Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+        Button[B].Visible := True;
+      end
+      else Button[B].Visible := False;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;      *)
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll5; // rotate
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:    real;
+  Pos:    Real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  diff:     real;
+  X:        Real;
+  helper: real;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // cache Visible Songs
+  {
+  //Vars
+  Theme.Song.CoverW: Radius des Kreises
+  Theme.Song.CoverX: X Pos Linke Kante des gewählten Covers
+  Theme.Song.CoverX: Y Pos Obere Kante des gewählten Covers
+  Theme.Song.CoverH: Höhe der Cover
+
+  (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent)/VS = Distance to middle Cover in %
+  }
+
+  //Change Pos of all Buttons
+  for B := low(Button) to high(Button) do
+  begin
+    Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility
+    if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons
+    begin
+      Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);
+      if (Pos < -VS/2) then
+        Pos := Pos + VS
+      else if (Pos > VS/2) then
+        Pos := Pos - VS;
+
+      if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions}
+      begin
+      Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5);
+      //Button[B].Visible := False;
+
+      Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+      //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+      Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+      Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;
+
+      Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);
+
+      Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+      Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+
+      X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9;
+
+      Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff;
+
+      end
+      else
+      begin {Behind the Front Covers}
+
+        // limit-bg-covers hack
+        if (abs(abs(Pos)-VS/2)>10) then Button[B].Visible:=False;
+        // end of limit-bg-covers hack
+
+        if Pos < 0 then
+          Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS
+        else
+          Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS;
+
+        Angle := pi * Pos*2;
+        if VS > 24 then
+        begin
+          if Angle < 0 then helper:=-1 else helper:=1;
+          Angle:=2*pi-abs(Angle);
+          Angle:=Angle*(VS/24);
+          Angle:=(2*pi-Angle)*helper;
+        end;
+
+        Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+        Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+        Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+        Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.75;
+
+        //Button[B].Reflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+        Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+        Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+        Button[B].X :=  Theme.Song.Cover.X+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*((Theme.Song.Cover.H)*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);
+
+      end;
+
+      //Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Button[B].H)/1.5); //Cover at down border of the change field
+      //Button[B].Y := (Theme.Song.Cover.Y  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Button[B].H) * 0.7);
+
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetScroll6; // rotate (slotmachine style)
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  Angle:    real;
+  Pos:    Real;
+  VS:     integer;
+  diff:     real;
+  X:        Real;
+  Wsp:    real;
+  Z, Z2:      real;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs; // cache Visible Songs
+  if VS <=5 then begin
+    // kolowe
+    for B := 0 to High(Button) do
+    begin
+      Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; // nowe
+      if Button[B].Visible then begin // 0.5.0 optimization for 1000 songs - updates only visible songs, hiding in tabs becomes useful for maintaing good speed
+
+      Wsp := 2 * pi * (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent) /  VS {CatSongs.VisibleSongs};// 0.5.0 (II): takes another 16ms
+
+      Z := (1 + cos(Wsp)) / 2;
+      Z2 := (1 + 2*Z) / 3;
+
+
+      Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + (0.185 * Theme.Song.Cover.H * VS * sin(Wsp)) * Z2 - ((Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2); // 0.5.0 (I): 2 times faster by not calling CatSongs.VisibleSongs
+      Button[B].Z := Z / 2 + 0.3;
+
+      Button[B].W := Theme.Song.Cover.H * Z2;
+
+      //Button[B].Y := {50 +} 140 + 50 - 50 * Z2;
+      Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Button[B].H)) * 0.7 ;
+      Button[B].H := Button[B].W;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end
+  else begin
+
+    //Change Pos of all Buttons
+    for B := low(Button) to high(Button) do
+      begin
+          Button[B].Visible := CatSongs.Song[B].Visible; //Adjust Visibility
+      if Button[B].Visible then //Only Change Pos for Visible Buttons
+        begin
+        Pos := (CatSongs.VisibleIndex(B) - SongCurrent);
+        if (Pos < -VS/2) then
+          Pos := Pos + VS
+        else if (Pos > VS/2) then
+          Pos := Pos - VS;
+
+        if (Abs(Pos) < 2.5) then {fixed Positions}
+        begin
+          Angle := Pi * (Pos / 5);
+          //Button[B].Visible := False;
+
+          Button[B].H := Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+          Button[B].Z := 0.95 - Abs(Pos) * 0.01;
+
+          Button[B].X := (Theme.Song.Cover.X  + (Theme.Song.Cover.H - Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle))) * 0.5);
+
+          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+          Diff := (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)/2;
+
+
+          X := Sin(Angle*1.3)*0.9;
+
+          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y + Theme.Song.Cover.W * X - Diff;
+        end
+        else
+        begin {Behind the Front Covers}
+
+          // limit-bg-covers hack
+          if (abs(VS/2-abs(Pos))>10) then Button[B].Visible:=False;
+          if VS > 25 then VS:=25;
+          // end of limit-bg-covers hack
+
+          if Pos < 0 then
+            Pos := (Pos - VS/2)/VS
+          else
+            Pos := (Pos + VS/2)/VS;
+
+          Angle := Pi * Pos*2;
+
+          Button[B].Z := (0.4 - Abs(Pos/4)) -0.00001; //z < 0.49999 is behind the cover 1 is in front of the covers
+
+          Button[B].H :=0.6*(Theme.Song.Cover.H-Abs(Theme.Song.Cover.H * cos(Angle/2)*0.8));//Power(Z2, 3);
+
+          Button[B].W := Button[B].H;
+
+          Button[B].X := Theme.Song.Cover.X  - (Button[B].H - Theme.Song.Cover.H)*0.5;
+
+
+          Button[B].DeSelectReflectionspacing := 15 * Button[B].H/Theme.Song.Cover.H;
+
+          Button[B].Y := Theme.Song.Cover.Y+Theme.Song.Cover.H/2-Button[b].H/2+Theme.Song.Cover.W/320*(Theme.Song.Cover.H*sin(Angle/2)*1.52);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TScreenSong.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+
+  if Ini.Players <= 3 then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;
+  if Ini.Players  = 4 then PlayersPlay := 6;
+
+  //Cat Mod etc
+  if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -1) then
+  begin
+    CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+    FixSelected;
+    //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+    HideCatTL;
+  end;
+
+  if Length(CatSongs.Song) > 0 then
+  begin
+    //Load Music only when Song Preview is activated
+    if ( Ini.PreviewVolume   <> 0 ) then
+    begin                                            // to - do : new Song management
+      StartMusicPreview(CatSongs.Song[Interaction]);
+    end;
+
+    SetScroll;
+    //UpdateLCD;  //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+  end;
+
+  //Playlist Mode
+  if (Mode = smNormal) then
+  begin
+    //If Playlist Shown -> Select Next automatically
+    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) then
+    begin
+      SelectNext;
+      ChangeMusic;
+    end;
+  end
+  //Party Mode
+  else if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+  begin
+    SelectRandomSong;
+    //Show Menu directly in PartyMode
+    //But only if selected in Options
+    if (Ini.PartyPopup = 1) then
+    begin
+      ScreenSongMenu.MenuShow(SM_Party_Main);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  SetJoker;
+  SetStatics;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.onHide;
+begin
+  // if music fading is activated, turn music to 100%
+  If (IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume] <> 1.0) or (Ini.PreviewFading <> 0) then
+    AudioPlayback.SetVolume(1.0);
+
+  // if preview is deactivated: load musicfile now
+  If (IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume] = 0) then
+    AudioPlayback.Open(CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Path + CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Mp3);
+
+  // if hide then stop music (for party mode popup on exit)
+  if (Display.NextScreen <> @ScreenSing) and
+     (Display.NextScreen <> @ScreenSingModi) then
+  begin
+    if (AudioPlayback <> nil) then
+      AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.DrawExtensions;
+begin
+  //Draw Song Menu
+  if (ScreenSongMenu.Visible) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSongMenu.Draw;
+  end
+  else if (ScreenSongJumpto.Visible) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSongJumpto.Draw;
+  end
+end;
+
+function TScreenSong.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  dx:   real;
+  dt:   real;
+  I:    Integer;
+begin
+  dx := SongTarget-SongCurrent;
+  dt := TimeSkip * 7;
+
+  if dt > 1 then
+    dt := 1;
+    
+  SongCurrent := SongCurrent + dx*dt;
+
+  {
+  if SongCurrent > Catsongs.VisibleSongs then begin
+    SongCurrent := SongCurrent - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;
+    SongTarget := SongTarget - Catsongs.VisibleSongs;
+  end;
+  }
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkStart(5);
+
+  SetScroll;
+
+  //Log.BenchmarkEnd(5);
+  //Log.LogBenchmark('SetScroll4', 5);
+
+  //Fading Functions, Only if Covertime is under 5 Seconds
+  if (CoverTime < 5) then
+  begin
+    // cover fade
+    if (CoverTime < 1) and (CoverTime + TimeSkip >= 1) then
+    begin
+      // load new texture
+      Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+      Button[Interaction].Texture.Alpha := 1;
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2 := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;
+    end;
+
+    //Song Fade
+    if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) and
+       (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and
+       (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) and
+       (Ini.PreviewFading <> 0) then
+    begin
+      //Start Song Fade after a little Time, to prevent Song to be Played on Scrolling
+      if ((MusicStartTime > 0) and (SDL_GetTicks() >= MusicStartTime)) then
+      begin
+        MusicStartTime := 0;
+        StartMusicPreview(CatSongs.Song[Interaction]);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+
+    //Update Fading Time
+    CoverTime := CoverTime + TimeSkip;
+
+    //Update Fading Texture
+    Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := (CoverTime - 1) * 1.5;
+    if Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha > 1 then
+      Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 1;
+
+  end;
+
+  //inherited Draw;
+  //heres a little Hack, that causes the Statics
+  //are Drawn after the Buttons because of some Blending Problems.
+  //This should cause no Problems because all Buttons on this screen
+  //Has Z Position.
+  //Draw BG
+  DrawBG;
+
+  //Instead of Draw FG Procedure:
+  //We draw Buttons for our own
+  for I := 0 to Length(Button) - 1 do
+    Button[I].Draw;
+
+  // Statics
+  for I := 0 to Length(Static) - 1 do
+    Static[I].Draw;
+
+  // and texts
+  for I := 0 to Length(Text) - 1 do
+    Text[I].Draw;
+
+
+  //Draw Equalizer
+  if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Visible then
+    DrawEqualizer;
+
+  DrawExtensions;
+
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectNext;
+var
+  Skip:   integer;
+  VS:     Integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    UnLoadDetailedCover;
+
+    Skip := 1;
+
+    // this 1 could be changed by CatSongs.FindNextVisible
+    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do
+      Inc(Skip);
+
+    SongTarget := SongTarget + 1;//Skip;
+
+    Interaction := (Interaction + Skip) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    // try to keep all at the beginning
+    if SongTarget > VS-1 then begin
+      SongTarget := SongTarget - VS;
+      SongCurrent := SongCurrent - VS;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // Interaction -> Button, ktorego okladke przeczytamy
+  //Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); // 0.5.0: show uncached texture
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectPrev;
+var
+  Skip:   integer;
+  VS:     Integer;
+begin
+  VS := CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+
+  if VS > 0 then
+  begin
+    UnLoadDetailedCover;
+
+    Skip := 1;
+
+    while (not CatSongs.Song[(Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions)].Visible) do Inc(Skip);
+    SongTarget := SongTarget - 1;//Skip;
+
+    Interaction := (Interaction - Skip + Length(Interactions)) mod Length(Interactions);
+
+    // try to keep all at the beginning
+    if SongTarget < 0 then begin
+      SongTarget := SongTarget + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+      SongCurrent := SongCurrent + CatSongs.VisibleSongs;
+    end;
+
+  //  Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false); // 0.5.0: show uncached texture
+  end;
+end;
+
+(*
+procedure TScreenSong.UpdateLCD; //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+begin
+  LCD.HideCursor;
+  LCD.Clear;
+  LCD.WriteText(1, Text[TextArtist].Text);
+  LCD.WriteText(2, Text[TextTitle].Text);
+
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartMusicPreview(Song: TSong);
+begin
+  AudioPlayback.Close();
+
+  if not assigned(Song) then
+    Exit;
+
+  if AudioPlayback.Open(Song.Path + Song.Mp3) then
+  begin
+    AudioPlayback.Position := AudioPlayback.Length / 4;
+    // set preview volume
+    if (Ini.PreviewFading = 0) then
+    begin
+      // music fade disabled: start with full volume
+      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);
+      AudioPlayback.Play()
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      // music fade enabled: start muted and fade-in
+      AudioPlayback.SetVolume(0);
+      AudioPlayback.FadeIn(Ini.PreviewFading, IPreviewVolumeVals[Ini.PreviewVolume]);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Procedure Change current played Preview
+procedure TScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+begin
+  //When Music Preview is avtivated -> then Change Music
+  if (Ini.PreviewVolume <> 0) then
+    begin
+    // Stop previous song
+    AudioPlayback.Stop;
+    // Disable music start delay
+    MusicStartTime := 0;
+
+    if (CatSongs.VisibleSongs > 0) then
+    begin
+      // delay start of music for 200ms (see Draw())
+      MusicStartTime := SDL_GetTicks() + 200;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SkipTo(Target: Cardinal);
+var
+  i:      integer;
+begin
+  UnLoadDetailedCover;
+
+  Interaction := High(CatSongs.Song);
+  SongTarget  := 0;
+
+  for i := 1 to Target+1 do
+    SelectNext;
+
+  FixSelected2;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.DrawEqualizer;
+var
+  I, J: Integer;
+  ChansPerBand: byte; // channels per band
+  MaxChannel: Integer;
+  CurBand: Integer; // current band
+  CurTime: Cardinal;
+  PosX, PosY: Integer;
+  Pos: Real;
+begin
+  // Nothing to do if no music is played or an equalizer bar consists of no block
+  if (AudioPlayback.Finished or (Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length <= 0)) then
+    Exit;
+
+  CurTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+
+  // Evaluate FFT-data every 44 ms
+  if (CurTime >= EqualizerTime) then
+  begin
+    EqualizerTime := CurTime + 44;
+    AudioPlayback.GetFFTData(EqualizerData);
+
+    Pos := 0;
+    // use only the first approx. 92 of 256 FFT-channels (approx. up to 8kHz
+    ChansPerBand := ceil(92 / Theme.Song.Equalizer.Bands); // How much channels are used for one Band
+    MaxChannel := ChansPerBand * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Bands - 1;
+
+    // Change Lengths
+    for i := 0 to MaxChannel do
+    begin
+      // Gain higher freq. data so that the bars are visible
+      if i > 35 then
+        EqualizerData[i] := EqualizerData[i] * 8
+      else if i > 11 then
+        EqualizerData[i] := EqualizerData[i] * 4.5
+      else
+        EqualizerData[i] := EqualizerData[i] * 1.1;
+
+      // clamp data
+      if (EqualizerData[i] > 1) then
+        EqualizerData[i] := 1;
+
+      // Get max. pos
+      if (EqualizerData[i] * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length > Pos) then
+        Pos := EqualizerData[i] * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length;
+
+      // Check if this is the last channel in the band
+      if ((i+1) mod ChansPerBand = 0) then
+      begin
+        CurBand := i div ChansPerBand;
+
+        // Smooth delay if new equalizer is lower than the old one
+        if ((EqualizerBands[CurBand] > Pos) and (EqualizerBands[CurBand] > 1)) then
+          EqualizerBands[CurBand] := EqualizerBands[CurBand] - 1
+        else
+          EqualizerBands[CurBand] := Round(Pos);
+
+        Pos := 0;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+  // Draw equalizer bands
+
+  // Setup OpenGL
+  glColor4f(Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColR, Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColG, Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColB, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Alpha);
+  glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+  glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+  // Set position of the first equalizer bar
+  PosY := Theme.Song.Equalizer.Y;
+  PosX := Theme.Song.Equalizer.X;
+
+  // Draw bars for each band
+  for I := 0 to High(EqualizerBands) do
+  begin
+    // Reset to lower or left position depending on the drawing-direction
+    if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Direction then // Vertical bars
+      // FIXME: Is Theme.Song.Equalizer.Y the upper or lower coordinate?
+      PosY := Theme.Song.Equalizer.Y //+ (Theme.Song.Equalizer.H + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space) * Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length
+    else                                   // Horizontal bars
+      PosX := Theme.Song.Equalizer.X;
+
+    // Draw the bar as a stack of blocks
+    for J := 1 to EqualizerBands[I] do
+    begin
+      // Draw block
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glVertex3f(PosX, PosY, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);
+        glVertex3f(PosX, PosY+Theme.Song.Equalizer.H, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);
+        glVertex3f(PosX+Theme.Song.Equalizer.W, PosY+Theme.Song.Equalizer.H, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);
+        glVertex3f(PosX+Theme.Song.Equalizer.W, PosY, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Z);
+      glEnd;
+
+      // Calc position of the bar's next block
+      if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Direction then // Vertical bars
+        PosY := PosY - Theme.Song.Equalizer.H - Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space
+      else                                   // Horizontal bars
+        PosX := PosX + Theme.Song.Equalizer.W + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space;
+    end;
+
+    // Calc position of the next bar
+    if Theme.Song.Equalizer.Direction then // Vertical bars
+      PosX := PosX + Theme.Song.Equalizer.W + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space
+    else                                   // Horizontal bars
+      PosY := PosY + Theme.Song.Equalizer.H + Theme.Song.Equalizer.Space;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectRandomSong;
+var
+  I, I2: Integer;
+begin
+  case PlaylistMan.Mode of
+      smNormal:  //All Songs Just Select Random Song
+        begin
+          //When Tabs are activated then use Tab Method
+          if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) then
+          begin
+            repeat
+              I2 := Random(high(CatSongs.Song)+1) - low(CatSongs.Song)+1;
+            until CatSongs.Song[I2].Main = false;
+
+            //Search Cat
+            for I := I2 downto low(CatSongs.Song) do
+            begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                break;
+            end;
+            //In I ist jetzt die Kategorie in I2 der Song
+            //I is the CatNum, I2 is the No of the Song within this Cat
+
+            //Choose Cat
+            CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+
+            //Show Cat in Top Left Mod
+            ShowCatTL (I);
+
+            CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(I);
+            SelectNext;
+
+            //Choose Song
+            SkipTo(I2-I);
+          end
+          //When Tabs are deactivated use easy Method
+          else
+            SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+        end;
+      smPartyMode:  //One Category Select Category and Select Random Song
+        begin
+          CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+          CatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+          ShowCatTL(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+
+          SelectNext;
+          FixSelected2;
+
+          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+        end;
+      smPlaylistRandom:  //Playlist: Select Playlist and Select Random Song
+        begin
+          PlaylistMan.SetPlayList(PlaylistMan.CurPlayList);
+
+          SkipTo(Random(CatSongs.VisibleSongs));
+          FixSelected2;
+        end;
+  end;
+
+  AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Change);
+  ChangeMusic;
+  SetScroll;
+  //UpdateLCD;  //TODO: maybe LCD Support as Plugin?
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetJoker;
+begin
+  // If Party Mode
+  // to-do : Party
+  if Mode = smPartyMode then //Show Joker that are available
+  begin
+  (*
+    if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 1);
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 2);
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 3);
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 4);
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Joker >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := False;
+    end;
+
+    if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 1);
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 2);
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 3);
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 4);
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Joker >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := False;
+    end;
+
+    if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 1);
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 2);
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 3);
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 4);
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Joker >= 5);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := False;
+      Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := False;
+    end;
+  *)
+  end
+  else
+  begin //Hide all
+    Static[StaticTeam1Joker1].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1Joker2].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1Joker3].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1Joker4].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1Joker5].Visible := False;
+
+    Static[StaticTeam2Joker1].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2Joker2].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2Joker3].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2Joker4].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2Joker5].Visible := False;
+
+    Static[StaticTeam3Joker1].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3Joker2].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3Joker3].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3Joker4].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3Joker5].Visible := False;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SetStatics;
+var
+  I:       Integer;
+  Visible: Boolean;
+begin
+  //Set Visibility of Party Statics and Text
+  Visible := (Mode = smPartyMode);
+
+  for I := 0 to high(StaticParty) do
+    Static[StaticParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to high(TextParty) do
+    Text[TextParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  //Set Visibility of Non Party Statics and Text
+  Visible := not Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to high(StaticNonParty) do
+    Static[StaticNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+
+  for I := 0 to high(TextNonParty) do
+    Text[TextNonParty[I]].Visible := Visible;
+end;
+
+//Procedures for Menu
+
+procedure TScreenSong.StartSong;
+begin
+  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+  //Party Mode
+  if (Mode = smPartyMode) then
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSingModi);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSing);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.SelectPlayers;
+begin
+  CatSongs.Selected := Interaction;
+  AudioPlayback.Stop;
+
+  ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := True;
+  FadeTo(@ScreenName);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.OpenEditor;
+begin
+  if (Songs.SongList.Count > 0) and
+     (not CatSongs.Song[Interaction].Main) and
+     (Mode = smNormal) then
+  begin
+    AudioPlayback.Stop;
+    AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Start);
+    CurrentSong := CatSongs.Song[Interaction];
+    FadeTo(@ScreenEditSub);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//Team No of Team (0-5)
+procedure TScreenSong.DoJoker (Team: Byte);
+begin
+  {
+  if (Mode = smPartyMode) and
+     (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= Team + 1) and
+     (PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Joker > 0) then
+  begin
+    //Use Joker
+    Dec(PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Joker);
+    SelectRandomSong;
+    SetJoker;
+  end;
+  }
+end;
+
+//Detailed Cover Unloading. Unloads the Detailed, uncached Cover of the cur. Song
+procedure TScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
+begin
+  CoverTime := 0;
+
+  // show cached texture
+  Button[Interaction].Texture := Texture.GetTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, true);
+  Button[Interaction].Texture2.Alpha := 0;
+
+  if Button[Interaction].Texture.Name <> Skin.GetTextureFileName('SongCover') then
+    Texture.UnloadTexture(Button[Interaction].Texture.Name, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, false);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenSong.Refresh;
+begin
+  {
+  CatSongs.Refresh;
+  CatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+  Interaction := 0;
+  SelectNext;
+  FixSelected;
+  }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
index c5c8245f..98faed03 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatDetail.pas
@@ -1,257 +1,257 @@
-unit UScreenStatDetail;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, SysUtils, UDisplay, UMusic, UIni, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenStatDetail = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      Typ:  Byte;

-      Page: CardinaL;

-      Count: Byte;

-      Reversed: Boolean;

-

-      TotEntrys: Cardinal;

-      TotPages:  Cardinal;

-

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

-

-      procedure SetTitle;

-      Procedure SetPage(NewPage: Cardinal);

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-{Stat Screens:

-  0 - Best Scores

-  1 - Best Singers

-  2 - Most sung Songs

-  3 - Most popular Band

-}

-

-uses UGraphic, UDataBase, ULanguage, math, ULog;

-

-function TScreenStatDetail.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    // check normal keys

-    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of

-      'Q':

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-          Exit;

-        end;

-    end;

-    

-    // check special keys

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if Interaction = 0 then begin

-            //Next Page

-            SetPage(Page+1);

-          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 1 then begin

-            //Previous Page

-            if (Page > 0) then

-              SetPage(Page-1);

-          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 2 then begin

-            //Reverse Order

-            Reversed := not Reversed;

-            SetPage(Page);

-          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 3 then begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);

-            FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-      begin

-          InteractPrev;

-      end;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-      begin

-          InteractNext;

-      end;

-      SDLK_UP:

-      begin

-          InteractPrev;

-      end;

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-      begin

-          InteractNext;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenStatDetail.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  for I := 0 to High(Theme.StatDetail.TextList) do

-    AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextList[I]);

-

-  Count := Length(Theme.StatDetail.TextList);

-

-  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextDescription);

-  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextPage);

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatDetail);

-

-  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonNext);

-  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_NEXT'));

-

-  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonPrev);

-  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_PREV'));

-

-  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonReverse);

-  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_REVERSE'));

-

-  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonExit);

-  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then

-    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-  Typ := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenStatDetail.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  //Set Tot Entrys and PAges

-  TotEntrys := DataBase.GetTotalEntrys(Typ);

-  TotPages := Ceil(TotEntrys / Count);

-  //Show correct Title

-  SetTitle;

-  //Show First Page

-  Reversed := False;

-  SetPage(0);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetTitle;

-begin

-  //Set Title

-  Case Reversed of

-    True: Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.DescriptionR[Typ];

-    False: Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.Description[Typ];

-  end;

-end;

-

-Procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetPage(NewPage: Cardinal);

-var

-  Result: AStatResult;

-  I: Integer;

-  FormatStr: String;

-  PerPage: Byte;

-begin

-  SetLength(Result, Count);

-  if (Database.GetStats(Result, Typ, Count, NewPage, Reversed)) then

-  begin

-    Page := NewPage;

-

-    FormatStr := Theme.StatDetail.FormatStr[Typ];

-

-    //refresh Texts

-    For I := 0 to Count-1 do

-    begin

-      try

-        case Typ of

-          0:begin //Best Scores

-            //Set Texts

-            if (Result[I].Score>0) then

-              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].Singer,

-                                                Result[I].Score,

-                                                Theme.ILevel[Result[I].Difficulty],

-                                                Result[I].SongArtist,

-                                                Result[I].SongTitle])

-            else

-              Text[I].Text := '';

-          end;

-

-          1:begin //Best Singers

-            //Set Texts

-            if (Result[I].AverageScore>0) then

-              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].Player,

-                                                Result[I].AverageScore])

-            else

-              Text[I].Text := '';

-          end;

-

-          2:begin //Popular Songs

-            //Set Texts

-            if (Result[I].Artist<>'') then

-              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].Artist,

-                                                 Result[I].Title,

-                                                Result[I].TimesSung])

-            else

-              Text[I].Text := '';

-          end;

-

-          3:begin //Popular Bands

-            //Set Texts

-            if (Result[I].ArtistName<>'') then

-              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].ArtistName,

-                                                Result[I].TimesSungtot])

-            else

-              Text[I].Text := '';

-          end;

-        end;

-      except

-        on E: EConvertError do

-          Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message);

-      end;

-    end;

-

-    if (Page + 1 = TotPages) AND (TotEntrys Mod Count <> 0) then

-      PerPage := (TotEntrys Mod Count)

-    else

-      PerPage := Count;

-

-    Text[Count+1].Text := Format(Theme.StatDetail.PageStr, [Page + 1,

-                                                            TotPages,

-                                                            PerPage,

-                                                            TotEntrys]);

-

-    //Show correct Title

-    SetTitle;

-

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-

-procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

-var I: Integer;

-begin

-  For I := 0 to high(Button) do

-    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenStatDetail;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, SysUtils, UDisplay, UMusic, UIni, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenStatDetail = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Typ:  Byte;
+      Page: CardinaL;
+      Count: Byte;
+      Reversed: Boolean;
+
+      TotEntrys: Cardinal;
+      TotPages:  Cardinal;
+
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+
+      procedure SetTitle;
+      Procedure SetPage(NewPage: Cardinal);
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+{Stat Screens:
+  0 - Best Scores
+  1 - Best Singers
+  2 - Most sung Songs
+  3 - Most popular Band
+}
+
+uses UGraphic, UDataBase, ULanguage, math, ULog;
+
+function TScreenStatDetail.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    // check normal keys
+    case WideCharUpperCase(CharCode)[1] of
+      'Q':
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+          Exit;
+        end;
+    end;
+    
+    // check special keys
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then begin
+            //Next Page
+            SetPage(Page+1);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then begin
+            //Previous Page
+            if (Page > 0) then
+              SetPage(Page-1);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 2 then begin
+            //Reverse Order
+            Reversed := not Reversed;
+            SetPage(Page);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 3 then begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Back);
+            FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+      begin
+          InteractPrev;
+      end;
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+      begin
+          InteractNext;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenStatDetail.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  for I := 0 to High(Theme.StatDetail.TextList) do
+    AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextList[I]);
+
+  Count := Length(Theme.StatDetail.TextList);
+
+  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextDescription);
+  AddText(Theme.StatDetail.TextPage);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.StatDetail);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonNext);
+  if (Length(Button[0].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_NEXT'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonPrev);
+  if (Length(Button[1].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_PREV'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonReverse);
+  if (Length(Button[2].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Language.Translate('STAT_REVERSE'));
+
+  AddButton(Theme.StatDetail.ButtonExit);
+  if (Length(Button[3].Text)=0) then
+    AddButtonText(14, 20, Theme.Options.Description[7]);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+  Typ := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  //Set Tot Entrys and PAges
+  TotEntrys := DataBase.GetTotalEntrys(Typ);
+  TotPages := Ceil(TotEntrys / Count);
+  //Show correct Title
+  SetTitle;
+  //Show First Page
+  Reversed := False;
+  SetPage(0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetTitle;
+begin
+  //Set Title
+  Case Reversed of
+    True: Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.DescriptionR[Typ];
+    False: Text[Count].Text := Theme.StatDetail.Description[Typ];
+  end;
+end;
+
+Procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetPage(NewPage: Cardinal);
+var
+  Result: AStatResult;
+  I: Integer;
+  FormatStr: String;
+  PerPage: Byte;
+begin
+  SetLength(Result, Count);
+  if (Database.GetStats(Result, Typ, Count, NewPage, Reversed)) then
+  begin
+    Page := NewPage;
+
+    FormatStr := Theme.StatDetail.FormatStr[Typ];
+
+    //refresh Texts
+    For I := 0 to Count-1 do
+    begin
+      try
+        case Typ of
+          0:begin //Best Scores
+            //Set Texts
+            if (Result[I].Score>0) then
+              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].Singer,
+                                                Result[I].Score,
+                                                Theme.ILevel[Result[I].Difficulty],
+                                                Result[I].SongArtist,
+                                                Result[I].SongTitle])
+            else
+              Text[I].Text := '';
+          end;
+
+          1:begin //Best Singers
+            //Set Texts
+            if (Result[I].AverageScore>0) then
+              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].Player,
+                                                Result[I].AverageScore])
+            else
+              Text[I].Text := '';
+          end;
+
+          2:begin //Popular Songs
+            //Set Texts
+            if (Result[I].Artist<>'') then
+              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].Artist,
+                                                 Result[I].Title,
+                                                Result[I].TimesSung])
+            else
+              Text[I].Text := '';
+          end;
+
+          3:begin //Popular Bands
+            //Set Texts
+            if (Result[I].ArtistName<>'') then
+              Text[I].Text := Format(FormatStr, [Result[I].ArtistName,
+                                                Result[I].TimesSungtot])
+            else
+              Text[I].Text := '';
+          end;
+        end;
+      except
+        on E: EConvertError do
+          Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString in UScreenStatDetail: ' + E.Message);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    if (Page + 1 = TotPages) AND (TotEntrys Mod Count <> 0) then
+      PerPage := (TotEntrys Mod Count)
+    else
+      PerPage := Count;
+
+    Text[Count+1].Text := Format(Theme.StatDetail.PageStr, [Page + 1,
+                                                            TotPages,
+                                                            PerPage,
+                                                            TotEntrys]);
+
+    //Show correct Title
+    SetTitle;
+
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+
+procedure TScreenStatDetail.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+  For I := 0 to high(Button) do
+    Button[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenWelcome.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenWelcome.pas
index 68a6bfff..019e5baf 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenWelcome.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenWelcome.pas
@@ -1,122 +1,122 @@
-unit UScreenWelcome;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, SysUtils, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenWelcome = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      Animation:    real;

-      Fadeout:      boolean;

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UTime, USkins, UTexture;

-

-function TScreenWelcome.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then begin

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          Result := False;

-        end;

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-          Fadeout := true;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenWelcome.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-  AddStatic(-10, -10,    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonAlt'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT);

-  AddStatic(-500, 440, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  AddStatic(-500, 472, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  AddStatic(-500, 504, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  AddStatic(-500, 536, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  AddStatic(-500, 568, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);

-  Animation := 0;

-  Fadeout := false;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenWelcome.onShow;

-begin

-  inherited;

-

-  CountSkipTimeSet;

-end;

-

-function TScreenWelcome.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Min:    real;

-  Max:    real;

-  Wsp:    real;

-  Pet:    integer;

-begin

-  // star animation

-  Animation := Animation + TimeSkip*1000;

-

-  // draw nothing

-  Min := 0; Max := 1000;

-  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin

-  end;

-

-  // popup

-  Min := 1000; Max := 1120;

-  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin

-    Wsp := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min);

-    Static[0].Texture.X := 600;

-    Static[0].Texture.Y := 600 - Wsp * 230;

-    Static[0].Texture.W := 200;

-    Static[0].Texture.H := Wsp * 230;

-  end;

-

-  // bounce

-  Min := 1120; Max := 1200;

-  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin

-    Wsp := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min);

-    Static[0].Texture.Y := 370 + Wsp * 50;

-    Static[0].Texture.H := 230 - Wsp * 50;

-  end;

-

-  // run

-  Min := 1500; Max := 3500;

-  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin

-    Wsp := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min);

-

-    Static[0].Texture.X := 600 - Wsp * 1400;

-    Static[0].Texture.H := 180;

-

-

-    for Pet := 1 to 5 do begin

-      Static[Pet].Texture.X := 770 - Wsp * 1400;

-      Static[Pet].Texture.W := 150 + Wsp * 200;

-      Static[Pet].Texture.Alpha := Wsp * 0.5;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  Min := 3500;

-  if (Animation >= Min) and (not Fadeout) then begin

-    FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-    Fadeout := true;

-  end;

-

-  inherited Draw;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenWelcome;
+
+interface
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, SysUtils, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenWelcome = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Animation:    real;
+      Fadeout:      boolean;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UTime, USkins, UTexture;
+
+function TScreenWelcome.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; CharCode: WideChar; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then begin
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Result := False;
+        end;
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+          Fadeout := true;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenWelcome.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  AddStatic(-10, -10,    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonAlt'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT);
+  AddStatic(-500, 440, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(-500, 472, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(-500, 504, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(-500, 536, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  AddStatic(-500, 568, 200, 5, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rectangle'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+  Animation := 0;
+  Fadeout := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenWelcome.onShow;
+begin
+  inherited;
+
+  CountSkipTimeSet;
+end;
+
+function TScreenWelcome.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:    real;
+  Max:    real;
+  Wsp:    real;
+  Pet:    integer;
+begin
+  // star animation
+  Animation := Animation + TimeSkip*1000;
+
+  // draw nothing
+  Min := 0; Max := 1000;
+  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin
+  end;
+
+  // popup
+  Min := 1000; Max := 1120;
+  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin
+    Wsp := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min);
+    Static[0].Texture.X := 600;
+    Static[0].Texture.Y := 600 - Wsp * 230;
+    Static[0].Texture.W := 200;
+    Static[0].Texture.H := Wsp * 230;
+  end;
+
+  // bounce
+  Min := 1120; Max := 1200;
+  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin
+    Wsp := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min);
+    Static[0].Texture.Y := 370 + Wsp * 50;
+    Static[0].Texture.H := 230 - Wsp * 50;
+  end;
+
+  // run
+  Min := 1500; Max := 3500;
+  if (Animation >= Min) and (Animation < Max) then begin
+    Wsp := (Animation - Min) / (Max - Min);
+
+    Static[0].Texture.X := 600 - Wsp * 1400;
+    Static[0].Texture.H := 180;
+
+
+    for Pet := 1 to 5 do begin
+      Static[Pet].Texture.X := 770 - Wsp * 1400;
+      Static[Pet].Texture.W := 150 + Wsp * 200;
+      Static[Pet].Texture.Alpha := Wsp * 0.5;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Min := 3500;
+  if (Animation >= Min) and (not Fadeout) then begin
+    FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+    Fadeout := true;
+  end;
+
+  inherited Draw;
+end;
+
+end.